Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.

Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.

brbs · AMEX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker brbs
Exchange AMEX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 416
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

Commission File Number: 001-39165
BLUE RIDGE BANKSHARES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Virginia
State or Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization

1807 Seminole Trail, Charlottesville, Virginia
Address of Principal Executive Offices

54-1470908
I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.

22901
Zip Code

(540) 743-6521
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code

Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, if Changed Since Last Report

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common stock, no par value

Trading Symbol(s)
BRBS

Name of each exchange on which registered
NYSE American

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes ☐     No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes ☐     No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☒     No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to 
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit such files).  Yes ☒    No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting 
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and 
“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer 

☐

☒

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

☐

☒

☒ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 

with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its 
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting 
firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ☐    No ☒ 
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2020, based on the closing sale price of the 

registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2020, was approximately $59,618,956.

The registrant had 12,411,865 shares of common stock, no par value per share, outstanding as of March 17, 2021.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Part III of this Form 10-K will be included in the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2021 annual 
meeting of shareholders and incorporated herein by reference or in an amendment to this Form 10-K filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal 
year covered by this Form 10-K.

 
 
PART I

Item 1:

Business...........................................................................................................................................................

1

Item 1A:

Risk Factors..................................................................................................................................................... 13

Item 1B:

Unresolved Staff Comments ........................................................................................................................... 26

Item 2:

Properties......................................................................................................................................................... 26

Item 3:

Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................................... 27

Item 4:

Mine Safety Disclosures.................................................................................................................................. 27

PART II

Item 5:

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ......................................................................................................................................................... 28

Item 6:

Selected Financial Data................................................................................................................................... 29

Item 7:

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ......................... 30

Item 7A:

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk ......................................................................... 50

Item 8:

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data............................................................................................... 51

Item 9:

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure......................... 103

Item 9A:

Controls and Procedures.................................................................................................................................. 103

Item 9B:

Other Information............................................................................................................................................ 103

PART III

Item 10:

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.............................................................................. 104

Item 11:

Executive Compensation................................................................................................................................. 104

Item 12:

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters....... 105

Item 13:

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence................................................ 105

Item 14:

Principal Accounting Fees and Services ......................................................................................................... 105

PART IV

Item 15:

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ........................................................................................................ 106

Item 16:

Form 10-K Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 107

 
PART I

ITEM 1: BUSINESS

General

Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. (the “Company” ) is a bank holding company headquartered in Charlottesville, Virginia. It 

provides commercial and consumer banking and financial services through its wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Blue Ridge 
Bank, National Association (the “Bank”), and its non-bank financial services affiliates. The Company was incorporated under 
the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia in July 1988 in connection with the holding company reorganization of the Bank, 
which was completed in July 1988.

The Bank is a federally chartered national bank with its main office in Martinsville, Virginia that traces its roots to Page 
Valley Bank of Virginia, which opened for business in 1893. At December 31, 2020, the Bank operated fourteen full-service 
banking offices in central Virginia and north-central North Carolina. The acquisition of Bay Banks of Virginia, Inc. (“Bay 
Banks”) on January 31, 2021 added seventeen banking offices and expanded the Bank’s footprint to the greater Richmond 
region, the Northern Neck region, Middlesex County, and the Hampton Roads region of Virginia. 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had total assets of approximately $1.50 billion, total gross loans of 

approximately $1.17 billion, total deposits of approximately $945.1 million, and stockholders’ equity of approximately 
$108.2 million. As of December 31, 2020, Bay Banks had total assets of approximately $1.22 billion, total loans of 
approximately $1.06 billion, total deposits of approximately $1.02 billion, and stockholders’ equity of approximately $123.0 
million.

The Bank serves businesses, professionals and consumers with a wide variety of financial services, including retail and 

commercial banking, investment services, mortgage banking, and payroll processing. Products include checking accounts, 
savings accounts, money market accounts, cash management accounts, certificates of deposit, individual retirement accounts, 
commercial and industrial loans, residential mortgages, commercial mortgages, home equity loans, consumer installment 
loans, investment accounts, insurance, credit cards, online banking, telephone banking, and mobile banking. Deposits of the 
Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to the 
full extent of the limits of the DIF.

The Bank’s primary source of revenue is interest income from its lending activities. The Bank’s other major sources of 

revenue are interest and dividend income from investments, interest income from its interest-earning deposit balances in 
other depository institutions, mortgage banking income, transactions and fee income from its lending and deposit activities, 
and income associated with payroll processing services. The Bank’s major expenses are interest on deposits and general and 
administrative expenses, such as employee salaries and benefits, federal deposit insurance premiums, data processing 
expenses, and office occupancy expenses.

The Company’s efforts to partner with fintech providers started gaining critical mass in 2020. The fintech business ended 

the year with four active partnerships, including Upgrade, Meritize, Flexible Finance, and Kashable, and six emerging 
partnerships for 2021 including Jaris, BNK.DEV/Ratchet, Aeldra, Grow Credit, MentorWorks, and Unit. Fintech 
relationships have resulted in approximately $47.0 million in deposits on the Company’s balance sheet at December 31, 
2020.

As a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, the Company is subject to 

regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and the Bureau of Financial 
Institutions of the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the “Virginia SCC”). The Bank’s primary regulator is the Office 
of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).

On August 12, 2020, the Company and Bay Banks, based in Richmond, Virginia, entered into a definitive agreement 

pursuant to which Bay Banks agreed to merge into the Company, with the Company as the survivor in the merger. The 
Company completed its acquisition of Bay Banks on January 31, 2021. Also on January 31, 2021, Bay Banks’ Virginia 
chartered subsidiary bank, Virginia Commonwealth Bank, merged with and into the Bank. Pursuant to the terms of the 
agreement, each share of Bay Banks common stock was converted into the right to receive 0.5000 shares of the Company’s 
common stock plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. In the merger, the Company issued 6,627,558 shares of its common stock 
and paid $3.4 thousand in lieu of fractional shares.

1

 
On May 28, 2020, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement under which it issued a $15.0 

million fixed-to-floating rate subordinated note (the “2020 Note”) to an institutional investor. The 2020 Note has a maturity 
date of June 1, 2030 and bears interest at the rate of 6.00% per year until June 1, 2025, at which date the rate will reset 
quarterly, equal to the three-month Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) determined on the determination date of the 
applicable interest period plus 587 basis points. Interest on the 2020 Note is payable semi-annually through the maturity date 
or early redemption date. The 2020 Note is not convertible into common stock or preferred stock and is not callable by the 
holder. The Company has the right to redeem the 2020 Note, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, at any interest 
payment date on or after June 1, 2025 and prior to the maturity date, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral 
multiples of $1,000, plus interest accrued and unpaid through the date of redemption. If an event of default occurs, such as 
the bankruptcy of the Company, the holder of the 2020 Note may declare the principal amount of the 2020 Note to be due 
and immediately payable. The 2020 Note is an unsecured, subordinated obligation of the Company, ranks junior in right of 
payment to the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, and ranks pari passu with the 2015 Notes (discussed 
below). The 2020 Note qualifies as Tier 2 capital for regulatory reporting.

On December 31, 2019, the Company, through its banking subsidiary, acquired LenderSelect Mortgage Group 
(“LenderSelect”) based in Richmond, Virginia, for an aggregate purchase price of $720 thousand. The purchase price was 
allocated to an amortizing intangible asset. LenderSelect offers wholesale and third-party residential mortgage origination 
services to other financial institutions and credit unions.

On May 13, 2019, the Company and Virginia Community Bankshares, Inc. (“VCB”), based in Louisa, Virginia, entered 
into a definitive agreement pursuant to which VCB agreed to merge into the Company, with the Company as the survivor in 
the merger. The Company completed its acquisition of VCB on December 15, 2019. Also on December 15, 2019, VCB’s 
Virginia chartered subsidiary bank, Virginia Community Bank, merged with and into the Bank. The Company acquired total 
assets of approximately $242.5 million and assumed total liabilities of approximately $219.2 million in the acquisition. 
Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, each share of VCB common stock was converted into the right to receive either 
$58.00 in cash or 3.05 shares of the Company’s common stock at the election of each VCB shareholder. The agreement 
contained allocation and proration procedures ensuring that 60% of VCB’s outstanding shares were converted into the 
Company’s common stock and 40% of VCB’s outstanding shares were converted into cash. In the merger, the Company 
issued 1,312,919 shares of its common stock and made cash payments to VCB shareholders that totaled $16.6 million in the 
aggregate. 

On February 1, 2019, the Company, through the Bank, acquired a 35% ownership interest in Hammond Insurance 
Agency, Incorporated, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.02 million. The purchase price was allocated to goodwill in the 
amount of $613 thousand and an amortizing intangible asset of $406 thousand.

On October 4, 2017, the Company, through the Bank, acquired an 80% ownership interest in MoneyWise Payroll 
Solutions, Inc. (“MoneyWise), a payroll management services company located in Charlottesville, Virginia, for an aggregate 
price of $800 thousand. The purchase price was allocated to an amortizing intangible asset. 

On March 30, 2016, the Company and River Bancorp, Inc. (“River”), based in Martinsville, Virginia, entered into a 

definitive agreement pursuant to which River agreed to merge into the Company, with the Company as the survivor in the 
merger. The Company completed its acquisition of River on October 20, 2016. The Company acquired total assets of 
approximately $114.0 million and assumed total liabilities of approximately $103.0 million in the acquisition. Pursuant to the 
terms of the agreement, each share of River common stock was converted into the right to receive either $16.57 in cash or 
0.8143 shares of the Company’s common stock at the election of each River shareholder. The agreement contained allocation 
and proration procedures ensuring that 70% of River’s outstanding shares were converted into the Company’s common stock 
and 30% of River’s outstanding shares were converted into cash. In the merger, the Company issued 423,246 shares of its 
common stock and made cash payments to River shareholders that totaled $3.7 million in the aggregate. On December 9, 
2016, the Company’s Virginia chartered subsidiary bank merged with and into River’s national bank subsidiary and the 
surviving bank was renamed Blue Ridge Bank, National Association.

On November 20, 2015, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement under which it issued an 
aggregate of $10.0 million of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes (the “2015 Notes”) to certain accredited investors. The 
2015 Notes have a maturity date of December 1, 2025 and bear interest at the rate of 6.75% per year until December 1, 2020, 
at which date the rate will reset quarterly, equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) determined on the 
determination date of the applicable interest period plus 512.8 basis points. Interest on the 2015 Notes is payable semi-
annually through the maturity date or early redemption date. The 2015 Notes are not convertible into common stock or 
preferred stock and are not callable by the holders. The Company has the right to redeem the 2015 Notes, in whole or in part, 
without premium or penalty, at any interest payment date on or after December 1, 2020 and prior to the maturity date, but in 
all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000, plus interest accrued and unpaid through the date of 

2

redemption. If an event of default occurs, such as the bankruptcy of the Company, the holder of a Note may declare the 
principal amount of the Note to be due and immediately payable. The 2015 Notes are unsecured, subordinated obligations of 
the Company, rank junior in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, and rank pari passu 
with the 2020 Note. The 2015 Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory reporting.

In December 2015, with the proceeds from the issuance of the 2015 Notes, the Company redeemed all $4.5 million of its 

outstanding Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. Such preferred stock was originally issued to the 
U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Small Business Lending Fund.

The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 1807 Seminole Trail, Charlottesville, Virginia 22835, and 

its telephone number is (540) 743-6521.

The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company’s SEC filings are filed electronically and are available to the public over the 
Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The Company’s website can be accessed at https://www.mybrb.com. 
The Company makes its SEC filings available through this website under “Investor Relations,” “Financial Documents,” 
“Documents” as soon as practicable after filing or furnishing the material to the SEC. Copies of documents can also be 
obtained free of charge by writing to the Company’s Corporate Secretary at 17 West Main Street, Luray, Virginia 22835, or 
by calling (540) 743-6521. Information on the Company’s website does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, 
this report or any other filing the Company makes with the SEC.

The Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in federal securities laws. For as long as it 

continues to be an emerging growth company, the Company may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting 
requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being 
required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure 
obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the 
requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden 
parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, as an emerging growth company, the Company has elected to take 
advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards 
would otherwise apply to a company that is not an issuer (as defined under Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such 
standards apply to companies that are not issuers. This may make the Company’s financial statements not comparable with 
other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that are emerging growth companies that have opted out 
of the extended transition period because of the potential differences in accounting standards used. The Company could be an 
emerging growth company for up to five years, although could lose that status sooner if gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, 
if it issues more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period, or if the market value of common stock held 
by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case the Company would no longer be an 
emerging growth company as of the following December 31.

Market Area

The Bank currently has branches in Charlottesville, Culpeper, Drakes Branch, Fredericksburg, Gordonsville, 
Harrisonburg, Luray, Martinsville, Mineral, Orange, Shenandoah, Stuart, and Troy, Virginia, and also does business as 
Carolina State Bank in Greensboro, North Carolina. Interstates 64 and 81, and ancillary major highways pass through the 
Bank’s trade area and provide efficient access to other regions of Virginia, North Carolina and beyond. The Company’s 
primary market area covers a significant portion of central Virginia and north-central North Carolina. Additionally, the 
Company has mortgage operations in Virginia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Delaware.

With the merger of Bay Banks, the Company expanded its footprint to the greater Richmond area of central Virginia, and 

the Hampton Roads, Northern Neck, and Middle Peninsula regions of Virginia.

Products and Services

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate. The Company’s mortgage loans on real estate comprise the largest segment of its loan 
portfolio. The majority of the Company’s real estate loans are mortgages on owner-occupied one-to-four family residential 
properties, including both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate structures. Residential mortgages are underwritten and documented 
within the guidelines and regulations of the OCC. Home equity lines of credit are also offered. Construction loans with a 12-
month term are another component of the Company’s loan portfolio. Underwritten initially at 80% loan to value to qualified 
builders and individuals, these loans are disbursed as construction progresses and verified by Company inspection. The 
Company also offers commercial loans that are secured by real estate. These loans are also typically written initially at a 
maximum of 80% loan to value.

3

The Company offers secondary market residential loan origination. Through the Bank, customers may apply for home 
mortgages that are generally underwritten in accordance with the guidelines of agencies like Federal Home Loan Mortgage 
Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), and Government National Mortgage 
Association (“Ginnie Mae”). These loans are then sold into the secondary market on a loan-by-loan basis, usually directly to 
agencies such as Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Fannie Mae. The Bank earns origination and servicing fees from this service.

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Commercial lending activities of the Company include small business loans, asset-
based loans, and other secured and unsecured loans and lines of credit. Commercial and industrial loans may entail greater 
risk than residential mortgage loans, therefore underwritten with strict risk management standards. Among the criteria for 
determining the borrower’s ability to repay is a cash flow analysis of the business and business collateral.

Consumer Loans. As part of its full range of services, the Company’s consumer lending services include automobile 
lending, home improvement loans, credit cards and other unsecured personal loans. These consumer loans historically entail 
greater risk than loans secured by real estate, but also generate a higher return.

Consumer Deposit Services. Consumer deposit products offered by the Company include checking accounts, savings 

accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, online banking, mobile banking, and electronic statements.

Commercial Banking Services. The Company offers a variety of services to commercial customers. These services 
include analysis checking, cash management deposit accounts, wire services, direct deposit payroll service, online banking, 
telephone banking, remote deposit, and a full line of commercial lending options. The Bank also offers Small Business 
Administration (“SBA”) loan products under the 504 Program, 7(a) Program, and the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). 
The 504 Program provides long-term funding for commercial real estate and long-lived equipment. This allows commercial 
customers to obtain favorable rate loans for the development of business opportunities, while providing the Bank with a 
partial guarantee of the outstanding loan balance. The 7(a) program provides financial assistance to small businesses. The 
PPP, which was authorized under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), signed into 
law on March 27, 2020, provides small business loans to pay payroll and group health costs, salaries and commissions, 
mortgage and rent payments, utilities, and interest on other debt. Loans under the PPP are fully guaranteed by the U.S. 
government and forgiven to the borrower if certain criteria are met, including the funds being used for the designated 
purposes.

Competition

The financial services industry is highly competitive. The Company competes for loans, deposits, and financial services 
directly with other bank and nonbank institutions located within its markets, internet-based banks, out-of-market banks, and 
bank holding companies that advertise in or otherwise serve its markets, along with money market and mutual funds, 
brokerage houses, mortgage companies, and insurance companies or other commercial entities that offer financial services 
products. Competition involves efforts to retain current customers and to obtain new loans and deposits, and differentiators 
include the scope and type of services offered, interest rates paid on deposits and charged on loans, and the customer service 
experience. Many of the Company’s competitors enjoy competitive advantages, including greater financial resources, a wider 
geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer additional services, more favorable pricing 
alternatives and lower origination and operating costs. The Company believes that its competitive pricing, personalized 
service, and community involvement enable it to effectively compete in the communities in which it operates.

Employees

The Company had 362 full-time and 24 part-time employees as of December 31, 2020. None of its employees are 

represented by any collective bargaining unit and the Company believes that relations with its employees are good.

Supervision and Regulation

The Company and the Bank are extensively regulated under federal and state law. The following information describes 
certain aspects of that regulation applicable to the Company and the Bank and does not purport to be complete. Proposals to 
change the laws, regulations, and policies governing the banking industry are frequently raised in U.S. Congress, in state 
legislatures, and before the various bank regulatory agencies. The likelihood and timing of any changes and the impact such 
changes might have on the Company and the Bank are impossible to determine with any certainty. A change in applicable 
laws, regulations or policies, or a change in the way such laws, regulations, or policies are interpreted by regulatory agencies 
or courts, may have a material impact on the business, operations, and earnings of the Company and the Bank.

4

Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.

The Company is qualified as a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as 

amended (the “BHC Act”), and is registered as such with the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company, the Company is 
subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to file various reports and 
additional information with the Federal Reserve. The Company is also registered under the bank holding company laws of 
Virginia and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Virginia SCC.

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), a bank holding company may elect to become a financial 

holding company and thereby engage in a broader range of financial and other activities than are permissible for traditional 
bank holding companies. In order to qualify for the election, all of the depository institution subsidiaries of the bank holding 
company must be well capitalized, well managed, and have achieved a rating of “satisfactory” or better under the Community 
Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”). Financial holding companies are permitted to engage in activities that are “financial in 
nature” or incidental or complementary thereto as determined by the Federal Reserve. The GLB Act identifies several 
activities as “financial in nature,” including insurance underwriting and sales, investment advisory services, merchant 
banking and underwriting, and dealing or making a market in securities. The Company has not elected to become a financial 
holding company and has no immediate plans to become a financial holding company.

Blue Ridge Bank, National Association

The Bank is a federally chartered national bank. As a national bank, the Bank is subject to supervision, regulation, and 

examination by the OCC and is required to file various reports and additional information with the OCC. The OCC has 
primary supervisory and regulatory authority over the operations of the Bank. Because the Bank accepts insured deposits 
from the public, it is also subject to examination by the FDIC.

Depository institutions, including the Bank, are subject to extensive federal and state regulations that significantly affect 

their businesses and activities. Regulatory bodies have broad authority to implement standards and initiate proceedings 
designed to prohibit depository institutions from engaging in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The standards relate 
generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure, and capital. The bank regulatory agencies are 
authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

As with other financial institutions, the earnings of the Bank are affected by general economic conditions and by the 
monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve exerts a substantial influence on interest rates and credit 
conditions, primarily through open market operations in U.S. Government securities, setting the reserve requirements of 
member banks, and establishing the discount rate on member bank borrowings. The policies of the Federal Reserve have a 
direct impact on loan and deposit growth and the interest rates charged and paid thereon. They also impact the source, cost of 
funds, and the rates of return on investments. Changes in the Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have had a significant 
impact on the operating results of the Bank and other financial institutions and are expected to continue to do so in the future.

The Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 

2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act significantly restructured the financial regulatory regime in the United 
States and has had a broad impact on the financial services industry as a result of the significant regulatory and compliance 
changes required under the act. A summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is set forth below.

Increased Capital Standards. The federal banking agencies are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based 

capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act increased such 
requirements. See “Capital Requirements” below.

Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. 
Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 1950 (the “FDI Act”) also revised the assessment base against, which 
an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the DIF are calculated. Under the amendments, the 
assessment base is no longer the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average 
tangible equity during the assessment period. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act made changes to the minimum designated 
reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and 
eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain 
thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that depository institutions may pay interest on demand deposits.

5

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau 
(the “CFPB”). The CFPB is charged with establishing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws 
with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. See “Consumer Financial 
Protection” below.

Compensation Practices. The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards 

prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or bank that provides an 
insider or other employee with “excessive compensation” or that could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 
2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound 
Incentive Compensation Policies, which requires that financial institutions establish metrics for measuring the impact of 
activities to achieve incentive compensation with the related risk to the financial institution of such behavior.

Recent Amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act. The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 

2018 (the “EGRRCPA”), which became effective May 24, 2018, amended the Dodd-Frank Act to provide regulatory relief 
for certain smaller and regional financial institutions, such as the Company and the Bank. The EGRRCPA, among other 
things, provides financial institutions with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets with relief from certain capital 
requirements and exempts banks with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets from the enhanced prudential 
standards and the company-run and supervisory stress tests required under the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act has 
had, and may in the future have, a material impact on the Company’s operations, particularly through increased compliance 
costs resulting from new and possible future consumer and fair lending regulations. The future changes resulting from the 
Dodd-Frank Act may affect the profitability of business activities, require changes to certain business practices, impose more 
stringent regulatory requirements, or otherwise adversely affect the business and financial condition of the Company and the 
Bank. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and 
make necessary changes to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

Deposit Insurance

The deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF and are subject to deposit insurance assessments 

to maintain the DIF. On April 1, 2011, the deposit insurance assessment base changed from total deposits to average total 
assets minus average tangible equity, pursuant to a rule issued by the FDIC as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Effective July 
1, 2016, the FDIC changed its deposit insurance pricing to a “financial ratios method” based on “CAMELS” composite 
ratings to determine assessment rates for small established institutions with less than $10 billion in assets. The CAMELS 
rating system is a supervisory rating system designed to take into account and reflect all financial and operational risks that a 
bank may face, including capital adequacy, asset quality, management capability, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to 
market risk (“CAMELS”). CAMELS composite ratings set a maximum assessment for CAMELS 1 and 2 rated banks, and set 
minimum assessments for lower rated institutions.

The FDIC’s “reserve ratio” of the DIF to total industry deposits reached its 1.15% target effective June 30, 2016. On 

March 15, 2016, the FDIC implemented by final rule certain Dodd-Frank Act provisions by raising the DIF’s minimum 
reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%. The FDIC imposed a 4.5 basis point annual surcharge on insured depository institutions 
with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more. The new rule granted credits to smaller banks for the portion of their 
regular assessments that contributed to increasing the reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%. The 1.35% target was achieved in 
the third quarter of 2018. In 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded expense of $749 thousand and $420 thousand, 
respectively, for FDIC insurance premiums.

In addition, all FDIC insured institutions were required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of 

approximately one basis point of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an 
agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund, until 
the bonds matured during 2019.

Capital Requirements

The Federal Reserve, the OCC, and the FDIC have issued substantially similar capital requirements applicable to all 
banks and bank holding companies. In addition, those regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking 
organization maintain capital above the minimum levels because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.

Effective January 1, 2015, the Company and the Bank became subject to the rules implementing the Basel III capital 
framework and certain related provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules 
require the Company and the Bank to comply with the following minimum capital ratios: (i) a ratio of common equity Tier 1 
to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of 

6

common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%), (ii) a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 
6.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer (effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%), (iii) a ratio 
of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer (effectively resulting in a 
minimum total capital ratio of 10.5%), and (iv) a leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average 
assets. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions 
with a ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer face 
constraints on dividends, equity repurchases, and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. The common equity 
Tier 1 capital ratio was 11.84% for the Bank as of December 31, 2020. The Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset 
ratios of the Bank were 11.84% and 13.10%, respectively, as of December 31, 2020, also exceeding the minimum 
requirements.

With respect to the Bank, the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the FDI Act were also 
revised, effective as of January 1, 2015, to incorporate a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio and to increase certain other 
capital ratios. To be well capitalized under the revised regulations, a bank must have the following minimum capital ratios: 
(i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 8.0%; (iii) 
a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 10.0%; and (iv) a leverage ratio of at least 5.0%. The Bank exceeded the 
thresholds to be considered well capitalized as of December 31, 2020.

The Basel III Capital Rules also changed the risk weights of assets to better reflect credit risk and other risk exposures. 
These include a 150% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction 
loans, and nonresidential mortgage loans that are 90 days past due or otherwise on non-accrual status, a 20% credit 
conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not 
unconditionally cancelable, a 250% risk weight for mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets that are not deducted 
from capital, and increased risk-weights for equity exposures.

In December 2017, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published standards that it described as the finalization 

of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as “Basel IV”). Among other things, 
these standards revise the standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new 
capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” such as unused credit card lines of credit) and 
provide a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the proposed framework, these standards will 
generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing-in through January 1, 2027. Under the 
current capital rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approaches institutions, 
and not to the Company. The impact of Basel IV on the Company and the Bank will depend on the manner in which it is 
implemented by the federal bank regulatory agencies.

On August 28, 2018, the Federal Reserve issued an interim final rule required by the EGRRCPA that expands the 
applicability of the Federal Reserve’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement (the “SBHC Policy Statement”) to 
bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $3 billion (up from the prior $1 billion threshold). Under 
the SBHC Policy Statement, qualifying bank holding companies have additional flexibility in the amount of debt they can 
issue and are also exempt from the Basel III Capital Rules (subsidiary depository institutions of qualifying bank holding 
companies are still subject to capital requirements). The Company currently has less than $3 billion in total consolidated 
assets and would likely qualify under the revised SBHC Policy Statement. However, the Company does not currently intend 
to issue a material amount of debt or take any other action that would cause its capital ratios to fall below the minimum ratios 
required by the Basel III Capital Rules.

On September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a final rule required by the EGRRCPA that permits 
qualifying banks and bank holding companies that have less than $10 billion in consolidated assets to elect to be subject to a 
9% leverage ratio that would be applied using less complex leverage calculations (commonly referred to as the community 
bank leverage ratio or “CBLR”). Under the rule, which became effective on January 1, 2020, banks and bank holding 
companies that opt into the CBLR framework and maintain a CBLR of greater than 9% are not subject to other risk-based 
and leverage capital requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules and would be deemed to have met the well capitalized 
ratio requirements under the “prompt corrective action” framework. These CBLR rules were modified in response to the 
coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic. See “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act and Consolidated 
Appropriations Act, 2021” below. The Company has not opted into the CBLR framework.

Dividends

The Company’s principal source of cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to its shareholders, is dividends it 
receives from the Bank. Statutory and regulatory limitations apply to the Bank’s payment of dividends to the Company. As a 
general rule, the amount of a dividend may not exceed, without prior regulatory approval, the sum of net income in the 

7

calendar year to date and the retained net earnings of the immediately preceding two calendar years. A depository institution 
may not pay any dividend if payment would cause the institution to become “undercapitalized” or if it already is 
“undercapitalized.” The OCC may prevent the payment of a dividend if it determines that the payment would be an unsafe 
and unsound banking practice. The OCC also has advised that a national bank should generally pay dividends only out of 
current operating earnings. In addition, under the current supervisory practices of the Federal Reserve, the Company should 
inform and consult with the Federal Reserve reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings 
for the period (e.g., quarter) for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the 
Company’s capital structure.

Permitted Activities

As a bank holding company, the Company is limited to managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or 

performing services for its subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve determines by regulation or 
order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In determining 
whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the performance of such an activity 
reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits include 
greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of 
resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices. Despite prior approval, the 
Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or 
control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, 
soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company may result from such an activity.

Banking Acquisitions; Changes in Control

The BHC Act requires, among other things, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve in any case where a bank holding 

company proposes to (i) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of 
any bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns a majority of such voting shares), (ii) acquire all or substantially 
all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding 
company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, the Federal Reserve will consider, among other 
factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the 
projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s performance under the CRA, and 
its compliance with fair housing and other consumer protection laws.

Subject to certain exceptions, the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with the applicable 

regulations, require Federal Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any 
person or company acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company. A conclusive presumption of control exists if an 
individual or company acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of an insured 
depository institution or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of any insured depository institution. A 
rebuttable presumption of control exists if a person or company acquires 10% or more but less than 25% of any class of 
voting securities of an insured depository institution and either the institution has registered its securities with the SEC under 
Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or no other person will own a greater 
percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the acquisition.

In addition, Virginia law requires the prior approval of the Virginia SCC for (i) the acquisition of more than 5% of the 
voting shares of a Virginia bank or any holding company that controls a Virginia bank, or (ii) the acquisition by a Virginia 
bank holding company of a bank or its holding company domiciled outside Virginia.

Source of Strength

Federal Reserve policy has historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial 

strength to their subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. Under this 
requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may 
not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary 
banks are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the 
event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory 
agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of 
payment.

8

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), the federal bank regulatory 
agencies possess broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. The 
extent of these powers depends upon whether the institution is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” 
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized,” as defined by the law.

Reflecting changes under the new Basel III capital requirements, the relevant capital measures that became effective on 

January 1, 2015 for prompt corrective action are the total capital ratio, the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, the Tier 1 
capital ratio and the leverage ratio. A bank will be (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 
10.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, 
and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any capital directive order; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the 
institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, a 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not “well capitalized”; (iii) 
“undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a common equity Tier 1 capital 
ratio less than 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly 
undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio 
less than 3.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically 
undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An 
institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it 
is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to 
certain matters. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action 
regulations, and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or 
prospects for other purposes. Management believes, as of December 31, 2020, the Company met the requirements for being 
classified as “well capitalized.”

As described above, on September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a final rule required by the 
EGRRCPA that permits qualifying banks and bank holding companies that have less than $10 billion in consolidated assets 
to elect to opt into the CBLR framework. Under the rule, which became effective on January 1, 2020, banks and bank 
holding companies that opt into the CBLR framework and maintain a CBLR of greater than 9% would be deemed to have 
met the well capitalized ratio requirements under the “prompt corrective action” framework. These CBLR rules were 
modified in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. See “— Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act and 
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021” below. The Company has not opted into the CBLR framework.

As required by FDICIA, the federal bank regulatory agencies also have adopted guidelines prescribing safety and 
soundness standards relating to, among other things, internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan 
documentation, credit underwriting, and interest rate exposure. In general, the guidelines require appropriate systems and 
practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. In addition, the agencies adopted 
regulations that authorize, but do not require, an institution that has been notified that it is not in compliance with safety and 
soundness standard to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable 
compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing 
other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the prompt corrective action provisions 
described above.

Transactions with Affiliates

Pursuant to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, the authority of the Bank to engage in 

transactions with related parties or “affiliates” or to make loans to insiders is limited. Loan transactions with an affiliate 
generally must be collateralized and certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates, including the sale of assets, the 
payment of money or the provision of services, must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as 
favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing for comparable nonaffiliated transactions. In addition, the Bank generally may not 
purchase securities issued or underwritten by affiliates.

Loans to executive officers, directors, or to any person who directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with 

one or more persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank, are 
subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and their corresponding regulations (Regulation O) and 
Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act relating to the prohibition on personal loans to executives (which exempts financial 
institutions in compliance with the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act). Among other 
things, these loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those prevailing on transactions made to unaffiliated 
individuals and certain extensions of credit to those persons must first be approved in advance by a disinterested majority of 

9

the entire board of directors. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits loans to any of those individuals where the 
aggregate amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus plus an additional 10% 
of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or when the 
aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed the Bank’s unimpaired 
capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act identifies limited circumstances in which the Bank 
is permitted to extend credit to executive officers.

Consumer Financial Protection

The Company is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern its 
relationship with its customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the 
Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the 
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection 
Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act, laws governing flood insurance, federal and state laws prohibiting 
unfair and deceptive business practices, foreclosure laws, and various regulations that implement some or all of the 
foregoing. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial 
institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans and providing other services. If 
the Company fails to comply with these laws and regulations, it may be subject to various penalties. Failure to comply with 
consumer protection requirements may also result in failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or 
acquisition transactions the Company may wish to pursue or being prohibited from engaging in such transactions even if 
approval is not required.

The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the CFPB, 
and giving it responsibility for implementing, examining, and enforcing compliance with federal consumer protection laws. 
The CFPB focuses on (i) risks to consumers and compliance with the federal consumer financial laws, (ii) the markets in 
which firms operate and risks to consumers posed by activities in those markets, (iii) depository institutions that offer a wide 
variety of consumer financial products and services, and (iv) non-depository companies that offer one or more consumer 
financial products or services. The CFPB has broad rule making authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that 
apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. 
Abusive acts or practices are defined as those that materially interfere with a consumer’s ability to understand a term or 
condition of a consumer financial product or service or take unreasonable advantage of a consumer’s (i) lack of financial 
savvy, (ii) inability to protect himself in the selection or use of consumer financial products or services, or (iii) reasonable 
reliance on a covered entity to act in the consumer’s interests. The CFPB can issue cease-and-desist orders against banks and 
other entities that violate consumer financial laws. The CFPB may also institute a civil action against an entity in violation of 
federal consumer financial law in order to impose a civil penalty or injunction.

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA requires the appropriate federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the 

bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low and moderate income 
neighborhoods. Furthermore, such assessment is also required of banks that have applied, among other things, to merge or 
consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an insured depository institution, or to open or relocate a 
branch. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or bank holding company, the record 
of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company is subject to assessment in considering the application. Under 
the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial non-
compliance.” The Bank was rated “satisfactory” in its most recent CRA evaluation.

On June 5, 2020, the OCC published a final rule, effective October 1, 2020, to modernize the agency’s regulations under 

the CRA. The rule (i) clarifies which activities qualify for CRA credit and (ii) requires banks to identify an additional 
assessment area based on where they receive a significant portion of their domestic retail products, thus creating two 
assessment areas: a deposit-based assessment area and a facility-based assessment area. Further, on November 24, 2020, the 
OCC issued a proposed rule to establish the agency’s proposed approach to determine the CRA evaluation measure 
benchmarks, retail lending distribution test thresholds, and community development minimums under the general 
performance standards set forth in the June 2020 final rule. The Company is evaluating what impact this new rule will have 
on its operations.

Anti-Money Laundering Legislation

The Company is subject to several federal laws that are designed to combat money laundering, terrorist financing, and 
transactions with persons, companies or foreign governments designated by U.S. authorities (“AML laws”). This category of 
laws includes the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, 
and the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020.

10

The AML laws and their implementing regulations require insured depository institutions, broker-dealers, and certain 

other financial institutions to have policies, procedures, and controls to detect, prevent, and report money laundering and 
terrorist financing. The AML laws and their regulations also provide for information sharing, subject to conditions, between 
federal law enforcement agencies and financial institutions, as well as among financial institutions, for counter-terrorism 
purposes. Federal banking regulators are required, when reviewing bank holding company acquisition and bank merger 
applications, to take into account the effectiveness of the anti-money laundering activities of the applicants. To comply with 
these obligations, the Company has implemented appropriate internal practices, procedures, and controls.

Office of Foreign Assets Control

The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for administering and 

enforcing economic and trade sanctions against specified foreign parties, including countries and regimes, foreign individuals 
and other foreign organizations and entities. OFAC publishes lists of prohibited parties that are regularly consulted by the 
Company in the conduct of its business in order to assure compliance. The Company is responsible for, among other things, 
blocking accounts of, and transactions with, prohibited parties identified by OFAC, avoiding unlicensed trade and financial 
transactions with such parties and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with OFAC 
requirements could have serious legal, financial and reputational consequences for the Company.

Privacy Legislation

Several recent laws, including the Right to Financial Privacy Act, and related regulations issued by the federal bank 

regulatory agencies, also provide new protections against the transfer and use of customer information by financial 
institutions. A financial institution must provide to its customers information regarding its policies and procedures with 
respect to the handling of customers’ personal information. Each institution must conduct an internal risk assessment of its 
ability to protect customer information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a 
customer’s personal financial information to unaffiliated parties without prior notice and approval from the customer.

Incentive Compensation

In June 2010, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation 
policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of financial institutions do not undermine the safety and 
soundness of such institutions by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive 
Compensation Policies, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of a financial 
institutions, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a financial institution’s incentive 
compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the institution’s ability to 
effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be 
supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the financial institution’s board of 
directors.

Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or 
guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities that encourage inappropriate risk-
taking by providing an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder with excessive compensation, fees, or 
benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. The federal banking agencies issued such proposed rules in 
March 2011 and issued a revised proposed rule in June 2016 implementing the requirements and prohibitions set forth in 
Section 956. The revised proposed rule would apply to all banks, among other institutions, with at least $1 billion in average 
total consolidated assets for which it would go beyond the existing Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation 
Policies to (i) prohibit certain types and features of incentive-based compensation arrangements for senior executive officers, 
(ii) require incentive-based compensation arrangements to adhere to certain basic principles to avoid a presumption of 
encouraging inappropriate risk, (iii) require appropriate board or committee oversight, (iv) establish minimum recordkeeping, 
and (v) mandate disclosures to the appropriate federal banking agency. The comment period for these proposed rules has 
closed and final rules have not yet been published. 

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation 

arrangements of financial institutions, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These 
reviews will be tailored to each financial institution based on the scope and complexity of the institution’s activities and the 
prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of 
examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the institution’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the institution’s 
ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a financial institution if its 
incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the 
institution’s safety and soundness and the financial institution is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the 

11

deficiencies. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not been made aware of any instances of non-compliance with the 
guidance.

Ability-to-Repay and Qualified Mortgage Rule

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB issued a final rule effective on January 10, 2014, amending Regulation Z as 

implemented by the Truth in Lending Act, requiring mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination 
based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay 
the loan according to its terms. Mortgage lenders are required to determine consumers’ ability to repay in one of two ways. 
The first alternative requires the mortgage lender to consider the following eight underwriting factors when making the credit 
decision: (i) current or reasonably expected income or assets; (ii) current employment status; (iii) the monthly payment on the 
covered transaction; (iv) the monthly payment on any simultaneous loan; (v) the monthly payment for mortgage-related 
obligations; (vi) current debt obligations, alimony, and child support; (vii) the monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual 
income; and (viii) credit history. Alternatively, the mortgage lender can originate “qualified mortgages,” which are entitled to 
a presumption that the creditor making the loan satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. In general, a “qualified mortgage” 
is a mortgage loan without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, or terms exceeding 30 years. In 
addition, to be a qualified mortgage the points and fees paid by a consumer cannot exceed 3% of the total loan amount. 
Qualified mortgages that are “higher-priced” (e.g. subprime loans) garner a rebuttable presumption of compliance with 
the ability-to-repay rules, while qualified mortgages that are not “higher-priced” (e.g. prime loans) are given a safe harbor of 
compliance. The Company is predominantly an originator of compliant qualified mortgages.

Cybersecurity

In March 2015, federal regulators issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity. One statement indicates that 
financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their 
risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to 
reliably authenticate customers accessing internet-based services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates 
that a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure 
the rapid recovery, resumption, and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive 
malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business 
operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall 
victim to this type of cyber-attack. If the Company fails to observe the regulatory guidance, it could be subject to various 
regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties.

In December 2020, the federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking that would require banking 
organizations to notify their primary regulator within 36 hours of becoming aware of a “computer-security incident” or a 
“notification incident.” The proposed rule also would require specific and immediate notifications by bank service providers 
that become aware of similar incidents.

The Company’s systems and those of its customers and third-party service providers are under constant threat. Risks and 

exposures related to cybersecurity attacks are expected to remain high for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly evolving 
nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding use of internet banking, mobile banking and other 
technology-based products and services by the Company and its customers.

Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act and Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CARES Act was signed into law on March 27, 2020 and the Consolidated 

Appropriations Act, 2021 (“Appropriations Act”) was signed into law on December 27, 2020. Among other things, the 
CARES Act and Appropriations Act include the following provisions impacting financial institutions.

Community Bank Leverage Ratio. The CARES Act directed federal banking agencies to adopt interim final rules to 
lower the threshold under the CBLR from 9% to 8% and to provide a reasonable grace period for a community bank that falls 
below the threshold to regain compliance, in each case until the earlier of the termination date of the national emergency or 
December 31, 2020. In April 2020, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued two interim final rules implementing this 
directive. One interim final rule provides that, as of the second quarter 2020, banking organizations with leverage ratios of 
8% or greater (and that meet the other existing qualifying criteria) may elect to use the CBLR framework. It also establishes a 
two-quarter grace period for qualifying community banking organizations whose leverage ratios fall below the 8% CBLR 
requirement, so long as the banking organization maintains a leverage ratio of 7% or greater. The second interim final rule 
provides a transition from the temporary 8% CBLR requirement to a 9% CBLR requirement. It establishes a minimum CBLR 
of 8% for the second through fourth quarters of 2020, 8.5% for 2021, and 9% thereafter, and maintains a two-quarter grace 

12

period for qualifying community banking organizations whose leverage ratios fall no more than 100 basis points below the 
applicable CBLR requirement.

Temporary Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”) Relief. The CARES Act allowed banks to elect to suspend 

requirements under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for loan modifications related to the COVID-19 
pandemic (for loans that were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019) that would otherwise be categorized 
as a TDR, including impairment for accounting purposes, until the earlier of 60 days after the termination date of the national 
emergency or December 31, 2020. Federal banking agencies are required to defer to the determination of the banks making 
such suspension. The Appropriations Act extended this temporary relief until the earlier of 60 days after the termination date 
of the national emergency or January 1, 2022.

Paycheck Protection Program. The CARES Act created the PPP, administered by the Small Business Administration, 
and it was extended by the Appropriations Act. Under the PPP, money was authorized for small business loans to pay payroll 
and group health costs, salaries and commissions, mortgage and rent payments, utilities, and interest on other debt. The loans 
are provided through participating financial institutions, such as the Bank, that process loan applications and service the 
loans.

Future Legislation and Regulation

Congress may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry, and state 

legislatures may enact legislation from time to time affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating 
in those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or 
change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or 
regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation could impact the 
regulatory structure under which the Company and the Bank operate and may significantly increase costs, impede the 
efficiency of internal business processes, require an increase in regulatory capital, require modifications to business strategy, 
and limit the ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory 
policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, and 
results of operations of the Company and the Bank.

ITEM 1A: RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Company’s common stock involves certain risks, including those described below. In addition to 

the other information set forth in this report, investors in the Company’s securities should carefully consider the factors 
discussed below. These factors, either alone or taken together, could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, 
financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, capital position, and prospects. One or more of these could cause the 
Company’s actual results to differ materially from its historical results or the results contemplated by the forward-looking 
statements contained in this report, in which case the trading price of the Company’s securities could decline.

Market Conditions

The COVID-19 pandemic and measures intended to prevent its spread have adversely affected, and may continue to 
adversely affect, the Company’s business, financial condition, and operations; the extent of such impacts are highly 
uncertain and difficult to predict. 

Global health and economic concerns relating to the COVID-19 pandemic and government actions taken to reduce the 
spread of the virus have had a material adverse impact on the macroeconomic environment, and the outbreak has significantly 
increased economic uncertainty. The pandemic has resulted in federal, state and local authorities, including those who govern 
the markets in which the Company operates, implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus. These measures, 
including shelter in place orders and business limitations and shutdowns, have significantly contributed to higher 
unemployment and have negatively impacted consumer and business spending. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the 
Company’s workforce and operations and the operations of the Company’s customers and business partners. In particular, the 
Company may experience adverse effects due to a number of operational factors impacting it or its customers or business 
partners, including but not limited to: 

•

•

loan losses resulting from financial stress experienced by the Company’s borrowers, especially those operating in 
industries hardest hit by government measures to contain the spread of the virus;

collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, which could cause loan losses to increase;

13

 
•

•

•

•

•

•

as a result of the decline in the Federal Reserve’s target federal funds rate, the yield on the Company’s assets may 
decline to a greater extent than the decline in the Company’s cost of interest-bearing liabilities, reducing the 
Company’s net interest margin and spread, and reducing net income;

operational failures, disruptions, or inefficiencies due to changes in the Company’s normal business practices 
necessitated by the Company’s internal measures to protect its employees and government-mandated measures 
intended to slow the spread of the virus;

business disruptions experienced by the Company’s vendors and business partners in carrying out work that supports 
the Company’s operations;

decreased demand for the Company’s products and services due to economic uncertainty, volatile market conditions, 
and temporary business closures;

potential financial liability, loan losses, litigation costs, or reputational damage resulting from the Company’s 
origination of loans as a participating lender in the PPP administered by the SBA; and

heightened levels of cyber and payment fraud, as cyber criminals try to take advantage of the disruption and 
increased online activity brought about by the pandemic.

The extent to which the pandemic impacts the Company’s business, liquidity, financial condition, and operations will 

depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, its 
duration and severity, the actions to contain it or treat its impact, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and 
operating conditions resume. In addition, the rapidly changing and unprecedented nature of COVID-19 heightens the inherent 
uncertainty of forecasting future economic conditions and their impact on the Company’s loan portfolio, thereby increasing 
the risk that the assumptions, judgments, and estimates used to determine the allowance for loan losses and other estimates 
are incorrect. As a result of these and other conditions, the ultimate impact of the pandemic is highly uncertain and subject to 
change, and the Company cannot predict the full extent of the impacts on its business and operations. To the extent any of the 
foregoing risks or other factors that develop as a result of COVID-19 materialize, it could exacerbate the other risk factors 
discussed in this section, or otherwise materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, liquidity, financial condition, 
and results of operations.

Changes in economic conditions, especially in the areas in which the Company conducts operations, could materially and 
negatively affect its business.

The Company’s business is directly impacted by economic conditions, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in 

government monetary and fiscal policies, and inflation, all of which are beyond its control. A deterioration in economic 
conditions, whether caused by global, national or local concerns (including the COVID-19 pandemic), especially within the 
Company’s market area, could result in the following potentially material consequences: loan delinquencies increasing; 
problem assets and foreclosures increasing; demand for products and services decreasing; low cost or non-interest bearing 
deposits decreasing; and collateral for loans, especially real estate, declining in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing 
power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans. A continued economic downturn could 
result in losses that materially and adversely affect the Company’s business.

The Company may be adversely impacted by changes in market conditions.

The Company is directly and indirectly affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk generally represents the 
risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions. As a financial 
institution, market risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with the Company’s operations and activities, 
including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt, and trading account assets and liabilities. A few 
of the market conditions that may shift from time to time, thereby exposing the Company to market risk, include fluctuations 
in interest rates, equity and futures prices, and price deterioration or changes in value due to changes in market perception or 
actual credit quality of issuers. The Company’s investment securities portfolio, in particular, may be impacted by market 
conditions beyond its control, including rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the securities, 
lack of market pricing of the securities, and inactivity or instability in the credit markets. Any changes in these conditions, in 
current accounting principles or interpretations of these principles could impact the Company’s assessment of fair value and 
thus the determination of other-than-temporary impairment of the securities in the investment securities portfolio, which 
could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, capital ratios, and results of operations.

14

The Company’s mortgage banking revenue is cyclical and is sensitive to the level of interest rates, changes in economic 
conditions, decreased economic activity, and slowdowns in the housing market, any of which could adversely impact the 
Company’s profits.

Residential mortgage banking income, net, represented approximately 78.2% of total noninterest income for the year 
ended December 31, 2020. The success of the Company’s mortgage division is dependent upon its ability to originate loans 
and sell them to investors at or near current volumes. Loan production levels are sensitive to changes in the level of interest 
rates and changes in economic conditions. Revenues from mortgage banking have increased due to a lowering interest rate 
environment that resulted in a high volume of mortgage loan refinancing activity. Conversely, revenues are adversely 
affected by rising interest rates, home affordability and inventory, and changing incentives for homeownership. Following the 
outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, mortgage rates have generally fallen, creating the potential for renewed refinancing 
activity, but economic conditions have also deteriorated. Loan production levels may suffer if there is a sustained slowdown 
in the housing markets in which the Company conducts business or tightening credit conditions. Any sustained period of 
decreased activity caused by an economic downturn, fewer refinancing transactions, higher interest rates, housing price 
pressure, or loan underwriting restrictions would adversely affect the Company’s mortgage originations and, consequently, 
could significantly reduce its income from mortgage banking activities. As a result, these conditions would also adversely 
affect the Company’s results of operations.

The Company’s business and earnings are impacted by governmental, fiscal, and monetary policy over which it has no 
control.

The Company is affected by domestic monetary policy. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in 

the United States and its policies determine in large part the Company’s cost of funds for lending, investing, and capital 
raising activities and the return it earns on those loans and investments, both of which affect the Company’s net interest 
margin. The actions of the Federal Reserve also can materially affect the value of financial instruments that the Company 
holds, such as loans and debt securities, and also can affect the Company’s borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they 
may fail to repay their loans. The Company’s business and earnings also are affected by the fiscal or other policies that are 
adopted by various regulatory authorities of the United States. Changes in fiscal or monetary policy are beyond the 
Company’s control and hard to predict.

The Company faces strong and growing competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer 
banking and other financial services, which could negatively affect the Company’s business.

The Company encounters substantial competition from other financial institutions in its market area and competition is 
increasing. Ultimately, the Company may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. Many 
competitors offer the same banking services that the Company offers in its service area. These competitors include national, 
regional and community banks. The Company also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, 
including finance companies, mutual and money market fund providers, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, 
financial subsidiaries of certain industrial corporations, financial technology companies, and mortgage companies. Increased 
competition may result in reduced business for the Company.

Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to 

bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve the credit needs of larger customers. 
Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loans and deposits, and range and quality 
of products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services. If the Company is unable to 
attract and retain banking customers, it may be unable to continue to grow loan and deposit portfolios and its results of 
operations and financial condition may otherwise be adversely affected.

Consumers may increasingly decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which would have a 
material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and operations.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that 

historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as 
bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds, or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also 
complete transactions such as paying bills or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of 
eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss 
of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower 
cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of 
operations.

15

The Company’s common stock is thinly traded, and a more liquid market for its common stock may not develop, which 
may limit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares and may increase price volatility.

The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE American market under the symbol “BRBS”. The Company’s 

common stock is thinly traded and has substantially less liquidity than the trading markets for many other bank holding 
companies. Although the Company recently listed its common stock on the NYSE American market, the Company may be 
unable to maintain the listing of its common stock in the future. In addition, there can be no assurance that an active trading 
market for shares of the Company’s common stock will develop or if one develops, that it can be sustained. The development 
of a liquid public market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within the 
Company’s control. Therefore, the Company’s shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volume, prices, or 
times that they desire. Shareholders should be financially prepared and able to hold shares for an indefinite period.

In addition, thinly traded stocks can be more volatile than more widely traded stocks. The Company’s stock price has 

been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors 
include, but are not limited to, changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections, developments related to the Company’s 
business and operations, stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, news reports of trends, concerns, and 
irrational exuberance on the part of investors, and other issues related to the financial services industry. The Company’s stock 
price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to its performance. General market 
declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector of the economy, could adversely affect 
the price of the Company’s common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.

Credit Risk

The Company’s credit standards and its on-going credit assessment processes might not protect it from significant credit 
losses.

The Company assumes credit risk by virtue of making loans and extending loan commitments and letters of credit. The 

Company manages credit risk through a program of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions, and a 
continuous quality assessment process of credit already extended. The Company’s exposure to credit risk is managed through 
the use of consistent underwriting standards that emphasize local lending while avoiding highly leveraged transactions, as 
well as excessive industry and other concentrations. The Company’s credit administration function employs risk management 
techniques to help ensure that problem loans and leases are promptly identified. While these procedures are designed to 
provide the Company with the information needed to implement policy adjustments where necessary and to take appropriate 
corrective actions, there can be no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding undue credit risk.

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses may be insufficient and any increases in the allowance for loan losses may have a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses 
charged to expense, that represents the Bank’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing 
portfolio of loans. The allowance for loan losses is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the 
loan portfolio.

The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the level of loans outstanding, the level of non-
performing loans, historical loan loss experience, delinquency trends, underlying collateral values, the amount of actual 
losses charged to the reserve in a given period and assessment of present and anticipated economic conditions. The 
determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and 
requires the Bank to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material 
changes. The COVID-19 pandemic and the unprecedented governmental response have made these subjective judgements 
even more difficult. Although the Company believes the allowance for loan losses is a reasonable estimate of known and 
inherent losses in the loan portfolio, it cannot precisely predict such losses or be certain that the loan loss allowance will be 
adequate in the future. Deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, 
identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside the Bank’s control, may require an 
increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies and the Bank’s auditors periodically review its 
allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan 
charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. Further, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the 
allowance for loan losses, the Bank will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses.

16

Non-performing assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and 
financial condition.

The Company’s non-performing assets adversely affect its net income in various ways. Non-performing assets, which 
include non-accrual loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”), were $6.6 million, or 0.44% of total assets, as of December 
31, 2020. When the Company receives collateral through foreclosures and similar proceedings, it is required to record the 
related loan to the then fair market value of the collateral less estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. An 
increased level of non-performing assets also increases the Company’s risk profile and may impact the capital levels 
regulators believe are appropriate in light of such risks. The Company utilizes various techniques such as workouts, 
restructurings, and loan sales to manage problem assets. Increases in, or negative changes in, the value of these problem 
assets, the underlying collateral, or in the borrowers’ performance or financial condition, could adversely affect the 
Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of non-performing assets 
requires significant commitments of time from management and staff, which can be detrimental to the performance of their 
other responsibilities, including generation of new loans. There can be no assurance that the Company will avoid increases in 
non-performing loans in the future.

The Company’s focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase its credit risk.

Most of the Company’s commercial business and commercial real estate loans are made to small business or middle 
market customers. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than 
larger entities and have a heightened vulnerability to economic conditions. If general economic conditions in the market areas 
in which the Company operates negatively impact this important customer sector, the Company’s results of operations and 
financial condition may be adversely affected. Moreover, a portion of these loans have been made by the Company in recent 
years and the borrowers may not have experienced a complete business or economic cycle. Any deterioration of the 
borrowers’ businesses may hinder their ability to repay their loans with the Company, which could have a material adverse 
effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s concentration in loans secured by real estate may increase its future credit losses, which would negatively 
affect the Company’s financial results.

The Company offers a variety of secured loans, including commercial lines of credit, commercial term loans, real estate, 
construction, home equity, consumer and other loans. Credit risk and credit losses can increase if its loans are concentrated to 
borrowers who, as a group, may be uniquely or disproportionately affected by economic or market conditions. As of 
December 31, 2020, approximately 63.4% of the Company’s loans and approximately 77.2% of Bay Banks’ loans were 
secured by real estate, both residential and commercial, substantially all of which are located in their respective market areas. 
A major change in the region’s real estate market, resulting in a deterioration in real estate values, or in the local or national 
economy, including changes caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely affect the Company’s customers’ ability to 
pay these loans, which in turn could adversely impact the Company. Risk of loan defaults and foreclosures are inherent in the 
banking industry, and the Company tries to limit its exposure to this risk by carefully underwriting and monitoring its 
extensions of credit. The Company cannot fully eliminate credit risk, and as a result, losses may occur in the future.

The Company has a moderate concentration of credit exposure in commercial real estate and loans with this type of 
collateral are viewed as having more risk of default.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $273.5 million in loans secured by commercial real estate, 

representing approximately 23.4% of total loans outstanding at that date. As of December 31, 2020, Bay Banks had 
approximately $369.6 million in loans secured by commercial real estate, representing approximately 34.9% of total loans 
outstanding at that date. The real estate consists primarily of non-owner-occupied properties and other commercial properties. 
These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans. They are also 
typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans and depend on cash flows from the owner’s business or 
the property to service the debt. It may be more difficult for commercial real estate borrowers to repay their loans in a timely 
manner, as commercial real estate borrowers ability to repay their loans frequently depends on the successful rental of their 
properties. Cash flows may be affected significantly by general economic conditions, and a sustained downturn in the local 
economy or in occupancy rates in the local economy where the property is located could increase the likelihood of default. 
Because the Company’s loan portfolio contains a number of commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the 
deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in its percentage of non-performing loans. An 
increase in non-performing loans could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan 
losses, and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations.

17

The Company’s banking regulators generally give commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require 

banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk 
management policies, and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital, which 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

A portion of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of construction and land development loans, and a decline in real 
estate values and economic conditions would adversely affect the value of the collateral securing the loans and could have 
an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

At December 31, 2020, approximately 6.2% of the Company’s loan portfolio, or $72.7 million, and approximately 
12.9% of Bay Banks’ loan portfolio, or $137.1 million, consisted of construction and land development loans. Construction 
financing typically involves a higher degree of credit risk than financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate and 
improved, income producing real estate. Risk of loss on a construction or land development loan is largely dependent upon 
the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction or development, the marketability of 
the property, and the bid price and estimated cost (including interest) of construction or development. If the estimate of 
construction or development costs proves to be inaccurate, the Company may be required to advance funds beyond the 
amount originally committed to permit completion of the project. If the estimate of the value proves to be inaccurate, it may 
be confronted, at or prior to the maturity of the loan, with a project whose value is insufficient to assure full repayment. 
When lending to builders and developers, the cost breakdown of construction or development is provided by the builder or 
developer. Although the Company’s underwriting criteria are designed to evaluate and minimize the risks of each 
construction or land development loan, there can be no guarantee that these practices will have safeguarded against material 
delinquencies and losses to the Company’s operations. In addition, construction and land development loans are dependent 
on the successful completion of the projects they finance. Loans secured by vacant or unimproved land are generally riskier 
than loans secured by improved property. These loans are more susceptible to adverse conditions in the real estate market and 
local economy.

The Company’s results of operations are significantly affected by the ability of borrowers to repay their loans.

A significant source of risk for the Company is the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, 
guarantors, and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loan agreements. Most of the 
Company’s loans are secured but some loans are unsecured. With respect to the secured loans, the collateral securing the 
repayment of these loans may be insufficient to cover the obligations owed under such loans. Collateral values may be 
adversely affected by changes in economic, environmental, and other conditions, including the impacts of the COVID-19 
pandemic, declines in the value of real estate, changes in interest rates, changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the federal 
government, terrorist activity, environmental contamination, and other external events. In addition, collateral appraisals that 
are out of date or that do not meet industry recognized standards may create the impression that a loan is adequately 
collateralized when it is not. The Company has adopted underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and policies, 
including regular reviews of appraisals and borrower financial statements, that management believes are appropriate to 
mitigate the risk of loss. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an 
increase in the provision for loan losses and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties and the 
Company’s financial condition could be adversely affected if it relies on misleading or incorrect information.

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, the Company may 

rely on information furnished to it by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other 
financial information, which it does not independently verify. The Company also may rely on representations of clients and 
counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of 
independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, the Company may assume that a client’s 
audited financial statements conform with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows of that client. The Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be negatively 
impacted to the extent it relies on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.

The Company relies upon independent appraisals to determine the value of the real estate that secures a significant 
portion of its loans and the value of foreclosed properties carried on its books, and the values indicated by such appraisals 
may not be realizable if it is forced to foreclose upon such loans or liquidate such foreclosed property.

As indicated above, a significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate and it 
also holds a portfolio of foreclosed properties. The Company relies upon independent appraisers to estimate the value of such 

18

real estate. Appraisals are only estimates of value and the independent appraisers may make mistakes of fact or judgment that 
adversely affect the reliability of their appraisals. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value 
of the real estate to increase or decrease. As a result of any of these factors, the real estate securing some of the Company’s 
loans and the foreclosed properties held by the Company may be more or less valuable than anticipated. If a default occurs on 
a loan secured by real estate that is less valuable than originally estimated, the Company may not be able to recover the 
outstanding balance of the loan. It may also be unable to sell its foreclosed properties for the values estimated by their 
appraisals.

The Company is exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which it takes title.

In the course of its business, the Company may foreclose and take title to real estate, potentially becoming subject to 
environmental liabilities associated with the properties. The Company may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third 
parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs or the Company may be required to investigate 
or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. Costs associated with investigation or 
remediation activities can be substantial. If the Company is the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, it may be 
subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination 
emanating from the property. These costs and claims could adversely affect the Company’s business.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Combining the Company and Bay Banks may be more difficult, costly or time-consuming than expected.

The success of the Company’s acquisition of Bay Banks will depend, in part, on the Company’s ability to realize the 

anticipated benefits and cost savings from combining the businesses of the Company and Bay Banks. To realize such 
anticipated benefits and cost savings, the Company must successfully combine the businesses of the Company and Bay 
Banks in a manner that permits growth opportunities and cost savings to be realized without materially disrupting existing 
customer relationships or decreasing revenues due to loss of customers. If the Company is not able to achieve these 
objectives, the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the merger may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to 
realize than expected.

Until the completion of the merger in January 2021, the Company and Bay Banks operated independently. To realize 

anticipated benefits from the merger, the Company will continue to integrate Bay Banks’s business into its own. The 
integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of the Company’s ongoing business, or 
inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures, and policies that affect adversely the Company’s ability to maintain 
relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger. The loss of key employees 
could adversely affect the Company’s ability to conduct business in the markets it entered in connection with its merger with 
Bay Banks, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial results and the value of its common stock. If the 
Company experiences difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the merger may not be realized, 
fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected, which could have a material adverse effect on its results of 
operation and financial condition.

The Company may not be able to effectively integrate the operations of the Bank and Virginia Commonwealth Bank.

The future operating performance of the Bank will depend, in part, on the success of the merger of the Bank and Virginia 
Commonwealth Bank. The success of the bank merger depends on a number of factors, including the Company’s ability to (i) 
integrate operations and branches, (ii) retain deposits and customers, (iii) control the incremental increase in noninterest 
expense arising from the merger, and (iv) retain and integrate appropriate personnel and reduce overlapping personnel. The 
continued integration of the Bank and Virginia Commonwealth Bank will require the dedication of the time and resources of 
the Company’s management team and may temporarily distract the management team’s attention from the day-to-day 
business of the Company and the Bank. If the Bank and Virginia Commonwealth Bank are unable to successfully integrate, 
the Bank may not be able to realize expected operating efficiencies and eliminate redundant costs.

The Company may not be able to successfully manage its long-term growth, which may adversely affect its results of 
operations and financial condition.

A key aspect of the Company’s long-term business strategy is its continued growth and expansion. The Company’s 

ability to continue to grow depends, in part, upon its ability to (i) open new branch offices or acquire existing branches or 
other financial institutions, (ii) attract deposits to those locations, and (iii) identify attractive loan and investment 
opportunities.

19

The Company may not be able to successfully implement its growth strategy, if it is unable to identify attractive markets, 

locations, or opportunities to expand in the future, or if the Company is subject to regulatory restrictions on growth or 
expansion of its operations. The Company’s ability to manage its growth successfully also will depend on whether it can 
maintain capital levels adequate to support its growth, maintain cost controls and asset quality, and successfully integrate any 
businesses the Company acquires into its organization. As the Company identifies opportunities to implement its growth 
strategy by opening new branches or acquiring branches or other banks, it may incur increased personnel, occupancy, and 
other operating expenses. In the case of new branches, the Company must absorb those higher expenses while it begins to 
generate new deposits, and there is a further time lag involved in redeploying new deposits into attractively priced loans and 
other higher yielding assets.

The Company has acquired and expanded into new product lines and may consider additional acquisitions and expansion 

into other businesses that it believes will help it fulfill its strategic objectives. The Company expects that other banking and 
financial companies, some of which have significantly greater resources, will compete with it to acquire financial services 
businesses. This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that the Company believes are attractive. 
Acquisitions may also be subject to various regulatory approvals. If the Company fails to receive the appropriate regulatory 
approvals, it will not be able to consummate acquisitions that it believes are in its best interests.

When the Company enters into new markets or new lines of business, its lack of history and familiarity with those 

markets, clients and lines of business may lead to unexpected challenges or difficulties that inhibit its success. The 
Company’s plans to expand could depress earnings in the short run, even if it efficiently executes a growth strategy leading to 
long-term financial benefits.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk, and variations in interest rates and inadequate management of 
interest rate risk may negatively affect financial performance.

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce the Company’s profits. It is expected that the Company will 

continue to realize income from the differential or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities, and other interest 
earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest spreads are affected 
by the difference between the maturities and repricing characteristics of interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. 
In addition, loan volume and yields are affected by market interest rates on loans, and the current interest rate environment 
encourages extreme competition for new loan originations from qualified borrowers. The Company’s management cannot 
ensure that it can minimize interest rate risk. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster 
rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Company’s net interest income, and therefore 
earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and 
other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. Accordingly, changes in 
levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect the net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination 
volume, and the Company’s overall profitability.

Following the COVID-19 outbreak, market interest rates declined significantly, with the 10-year U.S. Treasury bond 
falling below 1.00% on March 3, 2020 for the first time in recent history. Such events also may adversely affect business and 
consumer confidence, generally, and the Company and its customers, and their respective suppliers, vendors, and processors 
may be adversely affected. On March 3, 2020, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) reduced the target federal 
funds rate by 50 basis points to 1.00% to 1.25%. Subsequently, on March 16, 2020, the FOMC further reduced the target 
federal funds rate by an additional 100 basis points to 0.00% to 0.25%. These reductions in interest rates and related actions 
in response to the COVID-19 outbreak may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity and Capital

The Company’s liquidity needs could adversely affect results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. While scheduled loan repayments are a 

relatively stable source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to 
repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, changes in economic conditions, 
adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, availability of, and/or 
access to, sources of refinancing, business closings or lay-offs, pandemics or endemics, inclement weather, natural disasters 
and international instability. Additionally, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited 
to, rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory capital requirements, returns available to customers on 
alternative investments and general economic conditions. Accordingly, the Company may be required from time to time to 

20

rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include 
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) advances, sales of securities and loans, federal funds lines of credit from 
correspondent banks, and borrowings from the Federal Reserve Discount Window, as well as additional out-of-market time 
deposits and brokered deposits. While the Company believes that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no 
assurance they will be sufficient to meet future liquidity demands, particularly if the Company continues to grow experiences 
increasing loan demand or is unable to maintain its deposit base. The Company may be required to slow or discontinue loan 
growth, capital expenditures or other investments, liquidate assets, or pay higher rates on deposits should such sources not be 
adequate.

The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future and may not be able to do so on acceptable terms, or at 
all.

Access to sufficient capital is critical in order to enable the Company to implement its business plan, support its business, 

expand its operations and meet applicable capital requirements. The inability to have sufficient capital, whether internally 
generated through earnings or raised in the capital markets, could adversely impact the Company’s ability to support and to 
grow its operations. If the Company grows its operations faster than it generates capital internally, it will need to access the 
capital markets. The Company may not be able to raise additional capital in the form of additional debt or equity on 
acceptable terms, or at all. The Company’s ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, 
conditions in the capital markets at that time, the Company’s financial condition and its results of operations. Economic 
conditions and a loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase the Company’s cost of capital and limit access to 
some sources of capital. Further, if the Company needs to raise capital in the future, it may have to do so when many other 
financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital and would then have to compete with those institutions for investors. An 
inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s 
business, financial condition, and capital ratios.

Future issuances of the Company’s common stock could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and could 
be dilutive.

The Company’s board of directors, without the approval of shareholders, could from time to time decide to issue 

additional shares of common stock or shares of preferred stock, which may adversely affect the market price of the shares of 
common stock and could be dilutive to the Company’s shareholders. Any sale of additional shares of the Company’s 
common stock may be at prices lower than the current market value of the Company’s shares. In addition, new investors may 
have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to, and that could adversely affect, the Company’s existing 
shareholders. For example, preferred stock would be senior to common stock in right of dividends and as to distributions in 
liquidation. The Company cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of its future offerings of equity securities. 
Thus, the Company’s shareholders bear the risk of future offerings diluting their stock holdings, adversely affecting their 
rights as shareholders, and/or reducing the market price of the Company’s common stock.

Recently enacted capital standards, including the Basel III Capital Rules, may require the Company and the Bank to 
maintain higher levels of capital and liquid assets, which could adversely affect the Company’s profitability and return on 
equity.

The Company is subject to capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts 
and types of capital that the Company and the Bank must maintain. From time to time, regulators implement changes to these 
regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. If the Company fails to meet these minimum capital guidelines and/or other 
regulatory requirements, its financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. The Basel III Capital Rules 
require bank holding companies and their subsidiaries to maintain significantly more capital as a result of higher required 
capital levels and more demanding regulatory capital risk weightings and calculations. While the Company is exempt from 
these capital requirements under the Federal Reserve’s SBHC Policy Statement, the Bank is not exempt and must comply. 
The Bank must also comply with the capital requirements set forth in the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to 
Section 38 of the FDI Act. Satisfying capital requirements may require the Company to limit its banking operations, reduce 
dividends, or raise additional capital to improve regulatory capital levels, which could negatively affect its business, financial 
condition, and results of operations. The EGRRCPA, which became effective May 24, 2018, amended the Dodd-Frank Act 
to, among other things, provide relief from certain of these requirements. Although the EGRRCPA is still being 
implemented, the Company does not expect the EGRRCPA and the related rulemakings to materially reduce the impact of 
capital requirements on its business.

21

The Company is not obligated to pay dividends and its ability to pay dividends is limited.

The Company’s ability to make dividend payments on its common stock depends primarily on certain regulatory 

considerations and the receipt of dividends and other distributions from the Bank. There are various regulatory restrictions on 
the ability of banks, such as the Bank, to pay dividends or make other payments to their holding companies. Although the 
Company has historically paid a cash dividend to the holders of its common stock, holders of its common stock are not 
entitled to receive dividends, and the Company is not obligated to pay dividends in any particular amounts or at any 
particular times. Regulatory, economic and other factors may cause the Company’s board of directors to consider, among 
other things, the reduction of dividends paid on its common stock. See “Business – Supervision and Regulation – Dividends.”

Regulatory and Operational

The Company operates in a highly regulated industry and the laws and regulations that govern the Company’s operations, 
corporate governance, executive compensation and financial accounting or reporting, including changes in them or the 
Company’s failure to comply with them, may adversely affect the Company.

The Company is subject to extensive regulation and supervision that govern almost all aspects of its operations. These 
laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the Company’s 
business activities, limit the dividends or distributions that it can pay, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee its debt, 
and impose certain specific accounting requirements that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges 
to earnings or reductions in its capital than GAAP. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and 
changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs.

The Company faces increasing regulation and supervision of its industry. The Dodd-Frank Act instituted major changes 
to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes. Other changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, or 
supervisory guidance, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, policies or supervisory 
guidance, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such additional regulation and supervision has 
increased, and may continue to increase, the Company’s costs and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities. Further, 
the Company’s failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure was inadvertent or reflects a difference 
in interpretation, could subject it to restrictions on its business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could 
adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, capital base and the price of its securities. Further, any new laws, rules 
and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business 
and financial condition.

Regulations issued by the CFPB could adversely impact earnings due to, among other things, increased compliance costs 
or costs due to noncompliance.

The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect 

to financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB has also been directed to 
write rules identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any transaction with a 
consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. For 
example, the CFPB has issued a final rule, requiring mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination 
based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay 
the loan according to its terms, or to originate “qualified mortgages” that meet specific requirements with respect to terms, 
pricing and fees. The rule also contains additional disclosure requirements at mortgage loan origination and in monthly 
statements. The requirements under the CFPB’s regulations and policies could limit the Company’s ability to make certain 
types of loans or loans to certain borrowers or could make it more expensive and/or time consuming to make these loans, 
which could adversely impact the Company’s profitability.

The Company is subject to laws regarding the privacy, information security and protection of personal information and 
any violation of these laws or another incident involving personal, confidential, or proprietary information of individuals 
could damage the Company’s reputation and otherwise adversely affect its business.

The Company’s business requires the collection and retention of large volumes of customer data, including personally 
identifiable information (“PII”) in various information systems that the Company maintains and in those maintained by third- 
party service providers. The Company also maintains important internal company data such as PII about its employees and 
information relating to its operations. The Company is subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations governing the 
privacy and protection of PII of individuals (including customers, employees and other third parties). For example, the 
Company’s business is subject to the GLB Act, which, among other things: (i) imposes certain limitations on the Company’s 
ability to share nonpublic PII about its customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) requires that the Company provide 

22

certain disclosures to customers about its information collection, sharing, and security practices and afford customers the 
right to “opt out” of any information sharing by it with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions); and (iii) requires 
that the Company develop, implement, and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing 
appropriate safeguards based on the Company’s size and complexity, the nature and scope of its activities, and the sensitivity 
of customer information it processes, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Various federal and state 
banking regulators and states have also enacted data breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, 
consumer, regulatory, or law enforcement notification in the event of a security breach. Ensuring that the Company’s 
collection, use, transfer, and storage of PII complies with all applicable laws and regulations can increase the Company’s 
costs. Furthermore, the Company may not be able to ensure that customers and other third parties have appropriate controls 
in place to protect the confidentiality of the information that they exchange with us, particularly where such information is 
transmitted by electronic means. If personal, confidential, or proprietary information of customers or others were to be 
mishandled or misused, the Company could be exposed to litigation or regulatory sanctions under privacy and data protection 
laws and regulations. Concerns regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s measures to safeguard PII, or even the 
perception that such measures are inadequate, could cause the Company to lose customers or potential customers and thereby 
reduce its revenues. Accordingly, any failure, or perceived failure, to comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws 
and regulations may subject the Company to inquiries, examinations, and investigations that could result in requirements to 
modify or cease certain operations or practices or in significant liabilities, fines or penalties, and could damage the 
Company’s reputation and otherwise adversely affect its operations, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

The authorities that promulgate accounting standards, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), 
the SEC and other regulatory authorities, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the 
preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes are difficult to predict and can materially 
impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company 
could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of financial statements for 
prior periods. Such changes could also require the Company to incur additional personnel or technology costs. For 
information regarding recent accounting pronouncements and their effects on the Company, see “Recent Accounting 
Pronouncements” in Note 2 of the Company’s audited financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Failure to maintain effective systems of internal and disclosure control could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s results of operation and financial condition.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for the Company to provide reliable financial reports and 
effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. If the Company cannot provide reliable financial 
reports or prevent fraud, its reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of the Company’s ongoing monitoring 
of internal control, it may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in its internal control that require 
remediation. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial 
reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial 
statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. 

The Company’s inability to maintain the operating effectiveness of the controls described above could result in a 
material misstatement to the Company’s financial statements or other disclosures, which could have an adverse effect on its 
business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, any failure to maintain effective controls in accordance 
with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and FDIC regulations or to timely effect any necessary improvement of the 
Company’s internal and disclosure controls could, among other things, result in losses from fraud or error, harm the 
Company’s reputation, or cause investors to lose confidence in its reported financial information, all of which could have a 
material adverse effect on its results of operation and financial condition.

The Company’s success depends on its management team, and the unexpected loss of any of these personnel could 
adversely affect operations.

The Company’s success is, and is expected to remain, highly dependent on its management team. This is particularly true 

because, as a community bank, the Company depends on the management team’s ties to the community and customer 
relationships to generate business. The Company’s growth will continue to place significant demands on management, and 
the loss of any such person’s services may have an adverse effect upon growth and profitability. If the Company fails to 
retain or continue to recruit qualified employees, growth and profitability could be adversely affected.

23

The success of the Company’s strategy depends on its ability to identify and retain individuals with experience and 
relationships in its markets.

In order to be successful, the Company must identify and retain experienced key management members and sales staff 

with local expertise and relationships. Competition for qualified personnel is intense and there is a limited number of 
qualified persons with knowledge of and experience in the community banking and mortgage industry in the Company’s 
chosen geographic market. Even if the Company identifies individuals that it believes could assist it in building its franchise, 
it may be unable to recruit these individuals away from their current employers. In addition, the process of identifying and 
recruiting individuals with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out the Company’s strategy is often 
lengthy. The Company’s inability to identify, recruit, and retain talented personnel could limit its growth and could materially 
adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company relies on other companies to provide key components of its business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business operations such as data processing, recording and 

monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections, and network access. While the 
Company has selected these third-party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any problem caused by these third 
parties, including poor performance of services, failure to provide services, disruptions in communication services provided 
by a vendor and failure to handle current or higher volumes, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products 
and services to its customers and otherwise conduct its business, and may harm its reputation. Financial or operational 
difficulties of a third-party vendor could also hurt the Company’s operations if those difficulties interface with the vendor’s 
ability to serve the Company. Replacing these third-party vendors could also create significant delay and expense. 
Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable inherent risk to the Company’s business operations.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company.

The Company’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and 
commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, 
clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and 
routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial industry. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or 
questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-
wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or by other institutions. Many of these 
transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of default of its counterparty or client. In addition, credit risk may 
be exacerbated when the collateral held cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices insufficient to recover the full 
amount of the financial instrument exposure due. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and 
adversely affect results of operations.

The Company is subject to a variety of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, and the 
risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders.

The Company is exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the 

risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees, operational errors, clerical or 
record-keeping errors, and errors resulting from faulty or disabled computer or communications systems. 

Reputational risk, or the risk to the Company’s earnings and capital from negative public opinion, could result from the 

Company’s actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, and 
from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public 
opinion can adversely affect the Company’s ability to attract and keep customers and employees and can expose it to 
litigation and regulatory action.

Further, if any of the Company’s financial, accounting, or other data processing systems fail or have other significant 

issues, the Company could be adversely affected. The Company depends on internal systems and outsourced technology to 
support these data storage and processing operations. The Company’s inability to use or access these information systems at 
critical points in time could unfavorably impact the timeliness and efficiency of the Company’s business operations. It could 
be adversely affected if one of its employees causes a significant operational break-down or failure, either as a result of 
human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates its operations or systems. The 
Company is also at risk of the impact of natural disasters, terrorism, and international hostilities on its systems and from the 
effects of outages or other failures involving power or communications systems operated by others. The Company may also 
be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control (for 
example, computer viruses or electrical or communications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to 

24

customers and to financial loss or liability. In addition, there have been instances where financial institutions have been 
victims of fraudulent activity in which criminals pose as customers to initiate wire and automated clearinghouse transactions 
out of customer accounts. Although the Company has policies and procedures in place to verify the authenticity of its 
customers, it cannot guarantee that such policies and procedures will prevent all fraudulent transfers. Such activity can result 
in financial liability and harm to the Company’s reputation. If any of the foregoing risks materialize, it could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Pending litigation could result in a judgment against the Company resulting in the payment of damages.

On August 12, 2019, a former employee of VCB and participant in its Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “VCB 
ESOP”) filed a class action complaint against VCB, Virginia Community Bank, and certain individuals associated with the 
VCB ESOP in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Virginia, Charlottesville Division (Case No. 3:19-cv-00045-
GEC). The complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties to ESOP participants in 
violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The complaint alleges that the ESOP 
incurred damages “that approach or exceed $12 million.” The Company automatically assumed any liability of VCB in 
connection with this litigation as a result of the Company’s acquisition of VCB. The outcome of this litigation is uncertain, 
and the plaintiff and other individuals may file additional lawsuits related to the VCB ESOP. The defense, settlement, or 
adverse outcome of any such lawsuit or claim could have a material adverse financial impact on the Company. The Company 
believes the claims are without merit.

The Company may be required to transition from the use of the LIBOR index in the future.

In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks 
to submit the rates required to calculate LIBOR. In November 2020, the administrator of LIBOR announced it will consult on 
its intention to extend the retirement date of certain offered rates whereby the publication of the one week and two month 
LIBOR offered rates will cease after December 31, 2021, but the publication of the remaining LIBOR offered rates will 
continue until June 30, 2023. Given consumer protection, litigation, and reputation risks, federal bank regulators have 
indicated that entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate after December 31, 2021, would create safety 
and soundness risks and that they will examine bank practices accordingly. Therefore, the agencies encouraged banks to 
cease entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate as soon as practicable and in any event by December 31, 
2021.

At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate or rates may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR, and it is 

impossible to predict the effect of any such alternatives on the value of LIBOR-based variable-rate loans, as well as LIBOR-
based securities, subordinated notes, trust preferred securities, or other securities or financial arrangements. The 
implementation of a substitute index or indices for the calculation of interest rates under the Company’s loan agreements with 
borrowers, subordinated notes that it has issued, or other financial arrangements may cause the Company to incur significant 
expenses in effecting the transition, may result in reduced loan balances if borrowers do not accept the substitute index or 
indices, and may result in disputes or litigation with customers or other counter-parties over the appropriateness or 
comparability to LIBOR of the substitute index or indices, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s results of operations.

The Company’s operations may be adversely affected by cyber security risks.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company collects and stores sensitive data, including proprietary business 
information and personally identifiable information of its customers and employees in systems and on networks. The secure 
processing, maintenance, and use of this information is critical to operations and the Company’s business strategy. The 
Company has invested in accepted technologies and continually reviews processes and practices that are designed to protect 
its networks, computers, and data from damage or unauthorized access. Despite these security measures, the Company’s 
computer systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, 
malfeasance, or other disruptions. A breach of any kind could compromise systems and the information stored there could be 
accessed, damaged, or disclosed. A breach in security could result in legal claims, regulatory penalties, disruption in 
operations, and damage to the Company’s reputation, which could adversely affect its business and financial condition. 
Furthermore, as cyber threats continue to evolve and increase, the Company may be required to expend significant additional 
financial and operational resources to modify or enhance its protective measures, or to investigate and remediate any 
identified information security vulnerabilities.

In addition, multiple major U.S. companies have experienced data systems incursions reportedly resulting in the thefts of 

credit and debit card information, online account information, and other financial or privileged data. These incursions affect 
cards issued and deposit accounts maintained by many banks, including the Bank. Although the Company’s systems are not 

25

breached in these incursions, these events can cause it to reissue a significant number of cards and take other costly steps to 
avoid significant theft loss to the Company and its customers. In some cases, the Company may be required to reimburse 
customers for the losses they incur. Other possible points of intrusion or disruption not within the Company’s control include 
internet service providers, electronic mail portal providers, social media portals, distant-server (cloud) service providers, 
electronic data security providers, telecommunications companies, and smart phone manufacturers.

The Company’s ability to operate profitably may be dependent on its ability to integrate or introduce various technologies 
into its operations.

The market for financial services, including banking and consumer finance services, is increasingly affected by advances 

in technology, including developments in telecommunications, data processing, computers, automation, online banking and 
tele-banking. The Company’s ability to compete successfully in its market may depend on the extent to which it is able to 
implement or exploit such technological changes. If the Company is not able to afford such technologies, properly or timely 
anticipate or implement such technologies, or effectively train its staff to use such technologies, its business, financial 
condition, or operating results could be adversely affected.

ITEM 1B: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not required.

ITEM 2: PROPERTIES

The Company, through its subsidiaries, owns or leases buildings and office space that are used in the normal course of 
business. The headquarters of the Company is located at 1807 Seminole Trail, Charlottesville, Virginia, 22901 in a building 
leased by the Bank. The main office of the Bank is located at 1 East Market Street, Martinsville, Virginia 24112 in a building 
leased by the Bank.

Unless otherwise noted, the properties listed below are owned by the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 

2020.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

17 West Main Street, Luray, Virginia 22835

52 West Main Street, Luray, Virginia 22835

1 East Market Street, Martinsville, Virginia 24112 (leased)

1807 Seminole Trail, Charlottesville, Virginia 22901 (leased)

563 Neff Avenue, Suite B, Harrisonburg, Virginia 22801 (leased)

9972 Spotswood Trail (Route 33), McGaheysville, Virginia 22840 (leased)

600 South Third Street, Shenandoah, Virginia 22849

4677 Main Street, Drakes Branch, Virginia 23937 (leased)

48 Animal Clinic Road, Stuart, Virginia (leased)

3202 Northline Avenue, Greensboro, North Carolina (leased)

408 East Main Street, Louisa, Virginia 23093

114 Industrial Drive, Louisa, Virginia 23093

10645 Courthouse Road, Fredericksburg, Virginia 22407

701 South Main Street, Culpeper, Virginia 22701

169 North Madison Road, Orange, Virginia 22960

26

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

430 Mineral Avenue, Mineral, Virginia 23117

10050 Three Notch Road, Troy, Virginia 22974

104 South Main Street, Gordonsville, Virginia 22942 (leased)

248 West Bute Street, Suite 100, Norfolk, VA 23510 (leased)

116 North Braddock Street, Winchester, VA 22601 (leased)

101 Centreport Drive, Suite 100, Greensboro, NC 27409 (leased)

900 Ridgefield Drive, Raleigh, NC 27609 (leased)

6303 Oleander Drive, Wilmington, NC 28405 (leased)

4114 Legato Road, Suite 320, Fairfax, VA 22033 (leased)

4525 South Boulevard, Suite 101, Virginia Beach, VA 23452 (leased)

804 Moorefield Park Drive, Suite 102, Richmond, VA 23236 (leased)

1 Research Street, Suite 345, Rockville, MD 20850 (leased)

10339 Southern Maryland Blvd, Suite 209 & 211, Dunkirk, MD 20754 (leased)

The Company’s properties are maintained in good operating condition and the Company believes the properties are 

suitable and adequate for its operational needs.

ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary course of its operations, the Company is a party to various legal proceedings. As of the date of this report, 

there are no pending or threatened proceedings against the Company, other than as set forth below, that, if determined 
adversely, would have a material effect on the business, financial position, or results of operations of the Company.

On August 12, 2019, a former employee of VCB and participant in its ESOP filed a class action complaint against VCB, 

Virginia Community Bank, and certain individuals associated with the ESOP in the U.S. District Court for the Western 
District of Virginia, Charlottesville Division (Case No. 3:19-cv-00045-GEC). The complaint alleges, among other things, that 
the defendants breached their fiduciary duties to ESOP participants in violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security 
Act of 1974, as amended. The complaint alleges that the ESOP incurred damages “that approach or exceed $12 million.” The 
Company automatically assumed any liability of VCB in connection with this litigation as a result of the Company’s 
acquisition of VCB. The outcome of this litigation is uncertain, and the plaintiff and other individuals may file additional 
lawsuits related to the VCB ESOP. The defense, settlement, or adverse outcome of any such lawsuit or claim could have a 
material adverse financial impact on the Company. The Company believes the claims are without merit.

ITEM 4: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

27

PART II

ITEM 5: MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE American market under the symbol “BRBS”. There were 

12,411,865 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at the close of business on March 17, 2021, which were held 
by approximately 1,650 shareholders of record.

A discussion of certain restrictions and limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company, and the 
ability of the Company to pay dividends to shareholders of its common stock, is set forth in Part I, Item 1, Business, of this 
Form 10-K under the heading “Supervision and Regulation.” The Company paid three quarterly dividends of $0.1425 per 
common share during 2020.

On January 7, 2021, the Company’s board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.1425 per common share,  
paid on January 29, 2021, to common shareholders of record on January 19, 2021. On March 16, 2021 the Company’s board 
of directors approved a dividend of $0.15 per common share payable on April 30, 2021 to common shareholders of record on 
April 20, 2021.

On March 17, 2021, the Company announced that its board of directors had approved and declared a three-for-two stock 
split effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend on its common stock outstanding payable on April 30, 2021 to shareholders 
of record as of April 20, 2021. Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares based on the closing price of common stock on 
the record date.

The dividend type, amount, and timing are established by the Company’s board of directors. In making its decisions 
regarding the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, the board of directors considers operating results, 
financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, shareholder return, and other factors.

28

ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Five Year Summary of Selected Financial Data

 $

 $

 $

(1)   

2020

17,696 

3.11 
0.4275 
18.92 

54,460 
9,950 
44,510 
10,450 
34,060 
56,824 
68,387 
22,497 
4,800 

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share 
data)
Income Statement Data:
Interest income................................................................  $
Interest expense ..............................................................   
Net interest income .........................................................   
Provision for loan losses.................................................   
Net interest income after provision for loan losses ........   
Noninterest income.........................................................   
Noninterest expense........................................................   
Income before income taxes ...........................................   
Income tax expense.........................................................   
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest .........   
Net income attributable to Blue Ridge Bankshares,
   Inc. ...............................................................................  $
Per Common Share Data:
Earnings per share, basic and diluted .............................  $
Dividends declared per share..........................................   
Book value per common share .......................................   
Balance Sheet Data:
Assets..............................................................................  $1,498,258 
991,027 
Loans held for investment, gross (including PPP)..........   
178,598 
Loans held for sale..........................................................   
120,648 
Securities.........................................................................   
945,109 
Deposits ..........................................................................   
24,506 
Subordinated debentures, net of issuance costs..............   
115,000 
FHLB borrowings...........................................................   
FRB borrowings..............................................................   
281,650 
Stockholders' equity........................................................   
108,200 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
   - basic...........................................................................   
Weighted average common shares outstanding
   - diluted........................................................................   
Financial Ratios:
Return on average assets.................................................   
Return on average equity ................................................   
Net interest margin .........................................................   
Efficiency ratio ...............................................................   
Dividend payout ratio .....................................................   
Capital and Credit Quality Ratios:
Average equity to average assets....................................   
Allowance for loan losses to loans held for
   investment....................................................................   
Nonperforming loans to total assets ...............................   
Nonperforming assets to total assets...............................   
Net charge-offs to total loans held for investment..........   

5,690 

5,690 

1.44%  
17.65%  
3.49%  
67.49%  
13.75%  

7.08%  

1.40%  
0.44%  
0.44%  
0.12%  

2019

2018

2017

2016

 $

 $

30,888 
9,520 
21,368 
1,742 
19,626 
18,796 
32,845 
5,577 
973 
(24)   

 $

22,437 
5,152 
17,285 
1,225 
16,060 
10,123 
20,464 
5,719 
1,147 

(13)   

18,481 
3,931 
14,550 
1,095 
13,455 
7,799 
15,847 
5,407 
2,057 
— 

13,435 
3,081 
10,354 
926 
9,428 
2,490 
10,676 
1,242 
553 
— 

4,580 

 $

4,559 

 $

3,350 

 $

689 

 $

1.10 
0.5700 
16.32 

1.64 
0.5400 
14.11 

 $

1.22 
0.3200 
13.10 

 $

0.31 
0.3130 
12.29 

 $ 960,811 
   646,834 
55,646 
   128,897 
   722,030 
9,800 
   124,800 
— 
92,337 

 $ 539,590 
   414,868 
29,233 
58,750 
   415,027 
9,766 
73,100 
— 
39,621 

 $ 424,122 
   330,805 
17,220 
48,995 
   339,290 
9,733 
36,045 
— 
36,442 

 $ 418,124 
   319,628 
24,656 
42,607 
   340,874 
9,699 
32,623 
— 
33,627 

4,147 

2,779 

2,752 

2,228 

4,147 

2,779 

2,752 

2,228 

0.61%  
6.94%  
3.34%  
81.78%  
51.82%  

0.95%  
12.02%  
3.88%  
74.66%  
32.93%  

0.80%  
9.56%  
3.73%  
70.91%  
26.23%  

0.20%
2.39%
3.14%
83.12%
100.97%

8.79%  

7.89%  

8.32%  

8.40%

0.71%  
0.54%  
0.54%  
0.12%  

0.86%  
1.39%  
1.42%  
0.11%  

0.85%  
1.78%  
1.83%  
0.09%  

0.63%
0.29%
0.44%
0.39%

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS

The following presents management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s consolidated financial condition and 

the results of the Company’s operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements and the notes thereto presented in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Information, of this 
Form 10-K.

Cautionary Note About Forward-Looking Statements 

The Company makes certain forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K that are subject to risks and uncertainties. 

These forward-looking statements represent plans, estimates, objectives, goals, guidelines, expectations, intentions, 
projections, and statements of management’s beliefs concerning future events, business plans, objectives, expected operating 
results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based. Forward-looking statements include without limitation, 
any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate, or imply future results, performance or achievements, and are typically 
identified with words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” 
“aim,” “intend,” “plan,” or words or phases of similar meaning. The Company cautions that the forward-looking statements 
are based largely on management’s expectations and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties 
that are subject to change based on factors which are, in many instances, beyond the its control. Actual results, performance 
or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. 

The following factors, among others, could cause the Company’s financial performance to differ materially from that 

expressed in such forward-looking statements:

•

•

the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which it conducts 
operations;

changes in the level of the Company’s non-performing assets and charge-offs;

• management of risks inherent in the Company’s real estate loan portfolio, and the risk of a prolonged downturn in 

the real estate market, which could impair the value of collateral and the ability to sell collateral upon any 
foreclosure;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the 
Federal Reserve, inflation, interest rate, market, and monetary fluctuations;

changes in consumer spending and savings habits;

technological and social media changes impacting the Company, the Bank, and the financial services industry, in 
general;

changing bank regulatory conditions, laws, regulations, policies or programs, whether arising as new legislation or 
regulatory initiatives, that could lead to restrictions on activities of banks generally, or the Bank in particular, more 
restrictive regulatory capital requirements, increased costs, including deposit insurance premiums, regulation or 
prohibition of certain income producing activities, or changes in the secondary market for loans and other products;

the impact of changes in laws, regulations, and policies affecting the real estate industry;

the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted from time to time by bank regulatory 
agencies, the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the FASB, or other accounting standards 
setting bodies;

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the associated efforts by the Company and others to limit the spread of 
the virus;

the occurrence of significant natural disasters, including severe weather conditions, floods, health related issues, and 
other catastrophic events;

30

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

geopolitical conditions, including acts or threats of terrorism, or actions taken by the U.S. or other governments in 
response to acts or threats of terrorism and/or military conflicts, which could impact business and economic 
conditions in the U.S. and abroad;

the timely development of competitive new products and services and the acceptance of these products and services 
by new and existing customers;

the willingness of users to substitute competitors’ products and services for the Company’s products and services;

the Company’s inability to successfully manage growth or implement its growth strategy;

the effect of acquisitions the Company may make, including, without limitation, the failure to achieve the expected 
revenue growth and/or expense savings from such acquisitions;

the Company’s participation in the PPP established by the U.S. government and its administration of the loans and 
processing fees earned under the program;  

the Company’s involvement, from time to time, in legal proceedings and examination and remedial actions by 
regulators;

the Company’s potential exposure to fraud, negligence, computer theft, and cyber-crime; and

the Bank’s ability to pay dividends.

On January 31, 2021, the Company completed its previously announced merger with Bay Banks. In addition to the 
factors described above, business plans, operations, performance, financial condition, operating results, and business strategy 
may be affected by the following factors:

•

•

•

•

the businesses of the Company and Bay Banks may not be integrated successfully or such integration may be more 
difficult, time-consuming, or costly than expected;

expected revenue synergies and cost savings from the merger may not be fully realized or realized within the 
expected timeframe;

revenues following the merger may be lower than expected; and

customer and employee relationships and business operations may be disrupted by the merger.

The foregoing factors should not be considered exhaustive and should be read together with other cautionary statements 
that are included in this Form 10-K, including those discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors" in Item 1A above. If one 
or more of the factors affecting forward-looking information and statements proves incorrect, then actual results, performance 
or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking information and statements 
contained in this Form 10-K. Therefore, the Company cautions you not to place undue reliance on its forward-looking 
information and statements. The Company will not update the forward-looking statements to reflect actual results or changes 
in the factors affecting the forward-looking statements. New risks and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is 
not possible for the Company to predict their occurrence or how these risks and uncertainties will affect it. 

Critical Accounting Policies

General 

The accounting principles the Company applies under GAAP are complex and require management to apply significant 

judgment to various accounting, reporting, and disclosure matters. Management must use assumptions, judgments, and 
estimates when applying these principles where precise measurements are not possible or practical. These policies are critical 
because they are highly dependent upon subjective or complex judgments, assumptions, and estimates. Changes in such 
judgments, assumptions, and estimates may have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. Actual results, 
in fact, could differ from initial estimates.

31

The accounting policies the Company views as critical are those relating to judgments, assumptions, and estimates 

regarding the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the fair value measurements of certain assets and liabilities, 
derivatives, and income taxes.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the 
portfolio and is based on the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, an assessment of individual problem 
loans and actual loss experience, current economic events in specific industries, and other pertinent factors, such as 
regulatory guidance and general economic conditions. The Company’s allowance for loan losses is established through a 
provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loans identified as losses and deemed uncollectible by management are 
charged to the allowance. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is 
evaluated on a regular basis by management.

The allowance for loan losses consists of specific, general, and unallocated components, if any. The specific component 
relates to loans that are classified as impaired, for which an allowance is established when the fair value of the loan is lower 
than its carrying value. The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted 
for qualitative and environmental factors. Historical losses are categorized into risk-similar loan pools and a loss ratio factor 
is applied to each group’s loan balances to determine the allocation.

Qualitative and environmental factors include external risk factors that the Company believes affects its overall lending 

environment. Environmental factors that routinely analyze include levels and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans, 
levels and trends in charge-offs and recoveries, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in risk selection and 
underwriting practices, experience, ability, depth of lending management and staff, national and local economic trends, 
conditions such as unemployment rates, housing statistics, banking industry conditions, and the effect of changes in credit 
concentrations. Determination of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, 
including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of 
homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends, all of which may be 
susceptible to significant change.

Credit losses are an inherent part of the Company’s business and, although management believes the methodologies for 
determining the allowance for loan losses and the current level of the allowance are appropriate, it is possible that there may 
be unidentified losses in the portfolio at any particular time that may become evident at a future date pursuant to additional 
internal analysis or regulatory comment. Additional provisions for such losses, if necessary, would be recorded, as a change 
to earnings.

Allowance for Loan Losses—Acquired Loans

Acquired loans accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-30

For acquired loans, to the extent there is a deterioration in borrower credit quality resulting in a decrease in expected 

cash flows subsequent to the acquisition of the loans, an allowance for loan losses would be established based on the 
previously described allowance methodology.

Acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-20

Subsequent to the acquisition date, an allowance for loan losses may be established through a provision for loan losses, 

based upon a process that is similar to the evaluation process used for originated loans. This evaluation, which includes a 
review of loans on which full collectability may not be reasonably assured, considers, among other factors, the estimated fair 
value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, historical net loan loss experience, carrying value of the loans, which 
includes the remaining net purchase discount or premium, and other factors that warrant recognition in determining the 
allowance for loan losses.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

Purchased credit-impaired ("PCI") loans, which are the loans acquired at a discount (that is due, in part, to credit 
quality), are accounted for under ASC 310-30. These loans are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present 
value of expected future cash flows) with no allowance for loan losses. The Company recognizes interest income on all loans 
acquired at a discount (that is due, in part, to credit quality) based on the acquired loans' expected cash flows. The acquired 
loans may be aggregated and accounted for as a pool of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk characteristics. 
A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flow. The 

32

difference between the cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the loans, or the accretable yield, is 
recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of each pool. Increases in expected cash flows 
subsequent to the acquisition are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the pool over its remaining life, 
while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment through a loss provision and an increase in the 
allowance for loan losses. Therefore, the allowance for loan losses on these impaired pools reflects only losses incurred after 
the acquisition (representing the present value of all cash flows that were expected at acquisition but currently are not 
expected to be received).

Management periodically evaluates the remaining contractual required payments due and estimates of cash flows 

expected to be collected. These evaluations, performed quarterly, require the continued use of key assumptions and estimates, 
similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Changes in the contractual required payments due and estimated cash flows 
expected to be collected may result in changes in the accretable yield and non-accretable difference or reclassifications 
between accretable yield and the non-accretable difference. On an aggregate basis, if the acquired pools of PCI loans perform 
better than originally expected and greater cash flows are expected than originally modeled at the acquisition date, the 
forecasted increase would be recorded as an additional accretable yield recognized as a prospective increase to interest 
income.

Fair Value Measurements 

The Company determines the fair values of financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy, which requires an 
entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The 
hierarchy describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. For example, the Company’s available-for-
sale investment securities are recorded at fair value using reliable and unbiased evaluations by an industry-wide valuation 
service. This service uses evaluated pricing models that vary based on asset class and include available trade, bid, and other 
market information. Generally, the methodology includes broker quotes, proprietary models, vast descriptive terms and 
conditions databases, as well as extensive quality control programs. Depending on the availability of observable inputs and 
prices, different valuation models could produce materially different fair value estimates. The values presented may not 
represent future fair values and may not be realizable.

Derivatives

Derivatives are recognized as assets and liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and measured at fair 
value. The Company’s derivatives consist of forward sales of to-be-announced mortgage-backed securities and interest rate 
lock commitments. The Company’s hedging policies permit the use of various derivative financial instruments to manage 
interest rate risk or to hedge specified assets and liabilities. All derivatives are recorded at fair value on the consolidated 
balance sheets. The Company may be required to recognize certain contracts and commitments as derivatives when the 
characteristics of those contracts and commitments meet the definition of a derivative. If derivative instruments are 
designated as hedges of fair values, both the change in the fair value of the hedge and the hedged item are included in current 
earnings.

During the normal course of business, the Company enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the 

interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (“rate lock commitments”). For commitments issued in connection 
with potential loans intended for sale, the Bank enters into positions of forward month mortgage-backed securities to be 
announced (“TBA”) contracts on a mandatory basis or on a one-to-one forward sales contract on a best efforts basis. The 
Company enters into TBA contracts in order to control interest rate risk during the period between the rate lock commitment 
and mandatory sale of the mortgage loan. Both the rate lock commitment and the forward TBA contract is considered a 
derivative. A mortgage loan sold on a best efforts basis is locked into a forward sales contract with a counterparty on the 
same day as the rate lock commitment to control interest rate risk during the period between the commitment and the sale of 
the mortgage loan. Both the rate lock commitment and the forward sales contract are considered derivatives. 

The market values of rate lock commitments and best efforts forward delivery commitments is not readily ascertainable 
with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. The 
Company determines the fair value of rate lock commitments, delivery contracts, and forward sales contracts of mortgage 
backed securities (“MBS”) by measuring the change in the value of the underlying asset, while taking into consideration the 
probability that the rate lock commitments will close or will be funded. Certain risks arise from the forward delivery 
contracts in that the counterparties to the contracts may not be able to meet the terms of the contracts. Additional risks 
inherent in mandatory delivery programs include the risk that, if the Company does not close the loans subject to rate lock 
commitments, it will still be obligated to deliver MBS to the counterparty under the forward sales agreement.

33

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the balance sheet method in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income 
Taxes. Per ASC 740, the objective is to recognize (a) the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and (b) 
defer tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements 
or federal income tax returns. A net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary 
differences between the book (i.e., financial statement) and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and 
gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. Temporary differences are reversed in the period in which an 
amount or amounts become taxable or deductible.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company reported net income of $17.7 million compared to $4.6 million 

reported for 2019. Basic and diluted earnings per share were $3.11 in 2020 compared to $1.10 in 2019.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income is the excess of interest earned on loans and investments over the interest paid 
on deposits and borrowings and is the Company’s primary revenue source. Net interest income is thereby affected by overall 
balance sheet growth, changes in interest rates and changes in the mix of investments, loans, deposits, and borrowings.

Net interest income was $44.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $21.4 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2019. Net interest margin was 3.49% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 3.35% for the 
year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in net interest income in 2020 was primarily due to continued growth in the 
loan portfolio, particularly loans made pursuant to the PPP. The positive impact on net interest margin as a result of PPP 
loans and related funding was twelve basis points. Average balances of PPP loans were $237.2 million in 2020, whereas there 
were none in 2019. Growth in average balances of loans excluding PPP loans was 8.5% for 2020 compared to 2019.  
Included in net interest income for 2020 was approximately $9.6 million in net interest and fees related to PPP loans. The 
Company utilized borrowings from the Federal Reserve’s Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility (“PPPLF”) to fund 
PPP loans during 2020. These borrowings were at an annual rate of 0.35% and resulted in interest expense of $784 thousand 
during 2020. Additionally, the Company participated in the Federal Reserve’s Main Street Lending Program and recognized 
loan origination fees from this program of approximately $1.5 million in 2020.

34

The following table shows the average balance sheets for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. In 

addition, the amounts of interest earned on interest-earning assets, with related yields, and interest expense on interest-
bearing liabilities, with related rates, are shown.

2020

2019

2018

For the Years Ended December 31,

Average
Balance

Yield/
Rate  

Average
Balance     Interest    

Yield/
Rate  

Average
Balance     Interest    

Yield/
Rate  

6,175    

7,832    

9,497    

    Interest    

2    0.34%  

285    3.64%  

178    2.88%  

108,587    
596    

266    1.71%  
10    3.19%  

75    0.83%
17    1.93%
786    4.28%

169    0.16%   15,530    
313    

912,455     47,638    5.22%   458,927     25,150    5.48%   360,872     19,693    5.46%

9,051    
882    
140,496     3,922    2.79%   53,148     1,940    3.65%   18,381    

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Taxable securities (1) ................  $ 106,228   $ 2,582    2.43% $103,698   $ 3,286    3.17% $ 46,940   $ 1,574    3.35%
Tax-exempt securities (1)..........   
353    3.72%
112,403     2,760    2.46%   111,530     3,571    3.20%   56,437     1,927    3.41%
Total securities ..........................   
Interest-bearing deposits in
   other banks .............................   
Federal funds sold .....................   
Loans available for sale.............   
Loans held for investment
   (including loan fees) (2) .........   
Total interest-earning
   assets ......................................    1,274,537     54,491    4.28%   639,448     30,937    4.84%   445,623     22,498    5.05%
Less allowance for loan
(7,944)  
   losses ......................................   
Total noninterest earning assets   
106,245    
Total assets ................................  $1,372,838    
Liabilities and stockholders’
   equity:
Interest-bearing demand and
   savings deposits......................  $ 346,784   $ 1,485    0.43% $170,251   $ 1,663    0.98% $133,431   $
Time deposits ............................   
Total interest-bearing
   deposits...................................   
Subordinated debentures and 
other borrowings .......................   
Total interest-bearing
   liabilities.................................   
Other noninterest bearing
   liabilities.................................   
Stockholders’ equity..................   
Total liabilities and
   stockholders’
   equity......................................  $1,372,838    
Interest rate spread ....................   
Net interest income and
   Margin ....................................     

814    0.61%
261,891     4,761    1.82%   216,313     4,546    2.10%   165,317     2,698    1.63%

368,468     3,704    1.01%   121,201     3,310    2.73%   53,509     1,640    3.06%

608,675     6,246    1.03%   386,564     6,209    1.61%   298,748     3,512    1.18%

977,143     9,950    1.02%   507,765     9,519    1.87%   352,257     5,152    1.46%

(3,580)  
   21,597    
 $463,640    

(4,572)  
   41,611    
 $676,487    

   108,728    
   59,994    

   73,552    
   37,831    

298,544    
97,151    

   $44,541    3.49%    

   $21,418    3.35%    

   $17,346    3.89%

 $676,487    

 $463,640    

     3.26%  

     2.96%  

     3.59%

(1) Computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a 21% effective tax rate.
(2) Non-accrual loans have been included in the computations of average loan balances.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
      
    
 
    
      
    
 
    
      
    
 
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
     
    
  
  
     
    
  
  
     
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
     
     
     
 
Interest income and expense are affected by changes in interest rates, by changes in the volumes of earning assets and 

interest-bearing liabilities, and by changes in the mix of these assets and liabilities. The following rate-volume variance 
analysis shows the year-to-year changes in the components of net interest income:

2020 compared to 2019

2019 compared to 2018

Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

Total

Increase/    

Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

  Volume     Rate

   (Decrease)    Volume     Rate

Total
Increase/  
   (Decrease) 

80    $
(60)    

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Income
Taxable securities............................................   $
Tax-exempt securities .....................................    
Interest bearing deposits
   in other banks ...............................................    
1,593     
Federal funds sold ...........................................    
9     
Loans available for sale...................................    
3,188     
24,854     
Loans held for investment...............................    
Total interest income.......................................   $ 29,664    $
Interest Expense
Interest-bearing demand
   and savings deposits:....................................   $
Time deposits ..................................................    
Subordinated debentures and other 
borrowings ......................................................    
6,753     
9,436     
Total interest expense......................................    
Change in Net Interest Income ....................   $ 20,228    $

1,725    $
958     

(784)   $
(47)    

(704)   $
(107)    

1,904    $
(62)    

(192)   $
(6)    

(1,689)    
(16)    
(1,207)    
(2,367)    
(6,110)   $

(96)    
(7)    
1,981     
22,487     
23,554    $

54     
(11)    
1,486     
5,350     
8,721    $

137     
4     
(332)    
107     
(282)   $

(1,903)   $
(743)    

(178)   $
215     

225     
832     

625    $
1,015     

(6,360)    
(9,006)    
2,896    $

393     
430     
23,124    $

2,074     
3,131     
5,590    $

(404)    
1,236     
(1,518)   $

1,712 
(68)

191 
(7)
1,154 
5,457 
8,439 

850 
1,847 

1,670 
4,367 
4,072 

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses was $10.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 
compared to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $8.8 million. Net charge-offs amounted to 
$1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $750 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase 
in the provision for loan losses during 2020 was primarily due to a factor added for the potential impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic in the amount of $9.2 million. This factor was based on Federal Reserve annualized charge-off rates from recent 
recessions in addition to statistics on hotel occupancy rates to arrive at a COVID-19 severity factor. This factor was applied 
to loans of specific NAICS codes that were deemed more susceptible to the impacts of the pandemic, including loans in part 
collateralized by restaurants, hospitality, and other public venues.

36

 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
Non-interest Income. The Company’s non-interest income sources include deposit account service charges and other 
fees, residential mortgage banking income, including net gains on sales of mortgages and mortgage servicing rights income, 
gains on the sale of guaranteed United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) loans, and income from bank owned life 
insurance. Non-interest income totaled $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $18.8 million in 
2019. The increase in non-interest income was largely due to an increase of $30.0 million related to the origination and sale 
of held for sale mortgages, as a result of increased home refinancing and purchasing due to the low interest rate environment 
for a majority of 2020. The Company expanded its mortgage operations in 2020 to include a wholesale mortgage business 
through LenderSelect Mortgage Group, which also contributed to the increased mortgage volume in 2020. Mortgage volume 
surpassed $1 billion in 2020, a record for the Company. Beginning in second quarter 2020, the Company began retaining 
mortgage servicing rights at the sale of residential loans resulting in additional non-interest income of approximately $7.1 
million for the year. Additionally, gains on the sale of guaranteed USDA loans resulted in income of approximately $880 
thousand, an increase of $582 thousand over the prior year. The following table provides detail for non-interest income for 
the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

(Dollars in thousands)
Service charges on deposit accounts............  $
Income from investment in life insurance ...   
Residential mortgage banking income,
   net..............................................................   
Mortgage servicing rights ............................   
(Loss) gain on disposal of assets..................   
Gain on sale of securities .............................   
Loss on sale of OREO..................................   
Gain on sale of guaranteed USDA loans .....   
Small business investment company fund 
income..........................................................   
Payroll processing income through Money 
Wise Payroll Solutions.................................   
Bank and purchase card revenue..................   
Insurance income .........................................   
Credit mark recovery income.......................   
Other income................................................   
Total non-interest Income ......................  $

For the years ended
December 31,

2020

2019

    Change $    
254    
(546)  

651   $
936    

14,433    
—    
1    
451    
(43)  
298    

30,027   
7,084    
(161) 
(240)  
43    
582    

Change 

%  

39.02%
(58.33%)
208.04%

100.00%
n/m 
(53.22%)
(100.00%)
195.30%

905   $
390    

44,460    
7,084    
(160)  
211    
—    
880    

47    

49    

(2)  

(4.08%)

974    
1,297    
110    
—    
626    
56,824   $

980    
572    
97    
200    
171    
18,796   $

(6)  
725    
13    
(200)  
455    
38,028    

(0.61%)
126.75%
13.40%
(100.00%)
266.08%
202.32%

37

 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
   
 
Non-interest Expense. Non-interest expense totaled $68.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 

$32.8 million for 2019, a 108.2% increase. This was primarily due to an increase in salaries and employee benefits of $26.1 
million, which was primarily a result of the Bank expanding its retail mortgage operations through Monarch Mortgage and 
the acquisition of LenderSelect Mortgage Group in late 2019. The increased mortgage volume in 2020 resulted in increased 
headcount, bonuses, and commissions tied to these record volumes. Additionally, occupancy and equipment expenses 
increased $1.0 million due to additional leased locations for the expanded mortgage division and a full year of expenses with 
the VCB acquisition, which occurred in late 2019. Data processing costs increased $781 thousand primarily due to growth 
from the 2019 acquisition of VCB and higher mortgage processing software costs from the increased volume in 2020. Also 
included in non-interest expense were merger related costs of $2.4 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 
2020 and 2019, respectively, that are primarily included in data processing, legal, issuer, and regulatory filing fees and other 
contractual services. The following table provides detail for non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019:

(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits....................  $
Occupancy and equipment expenses ...........   
Data processing............................................   
Legal, issuer, and regulatory filing
   fees ............................................................   
Advertising expense.....................................   
Communications expense ............................   
Debit card expenses .....................................   
Directors fees ...............................................   
Audits and accounting fees ..........................   
FDIC insurance expense ..............................   
Other contractual services............................   
Other taxes and assessments ........................   
Printing, postage, stationery, and supplies...   
Education, dues, travel, meals and 
entertainment................................................   
Amortization expense ..................................   
Mortgage loan 
funding/underwriting/closing.......................   
Insurance expense ........................................   
Mortgage reserve expense............................   
Other expenses .............................................   
Total non-interest Expense .....................  $

For the years ended
December 31,

2020

2019

   Change $    
(26,090)  
(1,013)  
(781)  

19,328  $
2,538   
1,902   

1,778   
810   
441   
363   
231   
258   
420   
382   
661   
444   

(909)  
34    
(280)  
(220)  
(212)  
(178)  
(329)  
(1,026)  
(352)  
(398)  

Change 

%  
(134.99%)
(39.91%)
(41.06%)

(51.12%)
4.20%
(63.49%)
(60.61%)
(91.77%)
(68.99%)
(78.33%)
(268.59%)
(53.25%)
(89.64%)

806   
489   

(320)  
(336)  

(39.70%)
(68.71%)

45,418  $
3,551   
2,683   

2,687   
776   
721   
583   
443   
436   
749   
1,408   
1,013   
842   

1,126   
825   

1,883   
299   
1,625   
1,319   
68,387  $

670   
153   
327   
844   
32,845  $

(1,213)  
(146)  
(1,298)  
(475)  
(35,542)  

(181.04%)
(95.42%)
(396.94%)
(56.28%)
(108.21%)

Income Tax Expense. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a provision for income taxes of 

$4.8 million (effective tax rate of 21.4%) as compared to a provision of $973 thousand (effective tax rate of 17.4%) for the 
year ended December 31, 2019.

38

 
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
  
Analysis of Financial Condition

Loan Portfolio. The Company makes loans to individuals as well as to commercial entities. Specific loan terms vary as 

to interest rate, repayment, and collateral requirements based on the type of loan requested and the creditworthiness of the 
prospective borrower. Credit risk tends to be geographically concentrated in that a majority of the loan customers are located 
in the markets serviced by the Bank. All loans are underwritten within specific lending policy guidelines that are designed to 
maximize the Company’s profitability within an acceptable level of business risk.

The following table sets forth the distribution of the Company’s loan portfolio at the dates indicated by category of loan 

and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans:

At December 31,

2020
  Amount     Percent  

2019
  Amount     Percent  

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial................................................  $
Paycheck Protection Program...........................................   
Real estate – construction, commercial ............................   
Real estate – construction, residential ..............................   
Real estate – mortgage, commercial.................................   
Real estate – mortgage, residential ...................................   
Real estate – mortgage, farmland .....................................   
Consumer loans ................................................................   
Gross loans .......................................................................   
Less: Unearned income, net of costs ................................   
Gross loans, net of net unearned income..........................   
Less: Allowance for loan losses .......................................   

93,286     
292,068     
54,702     
18,040     
273,499     
213,404     
3,615     
46,684     
995,298     
(4,271)   
991,027     
(13,827)   
Net loans......................................................................  $ 977,200     

Loans held for sale
   (not included in totals above) ........................................  $ 178,598     

11.95%
— 
5.87%
4.14%
38.89%
32.20%
0.85%
6.10%
100.00%

9.37%  $
29.34%   
5.50%   
1.81%   
27.48%   
21.44%   
0.36%   
4.70%   
100.00%   

77,728     
—     
38,039     
26,778     
251,824     
208,494     
5,507     
39,202     
647,572     
(738)   
646,834     
(4,572)   
  $ 642,262     

  $

55,646     

2018
  Amount     Percent  

At December 31,
2017
  Amount     Percent  

2016
  Amount     Percent  

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial......................................   $ 49,292     
16.02%
Real estate – construction, commercial ..................     14,666     
5.53%
Real estate – construction, residential ....................     15,102     
1.60%
Real estate – mortgage, commercial.......................     150,513     
34.21%
Real estate – mortgage, residential .........................     149,856     
36.16%
Real estate – mortgage, farmland ...........................    
4,179     
1.41%
5.07%
Consumer loans ......................................................     31,979     
Gross loans..............................................................     415,587      100.00%    331,633      100.00%    320,838      100.00%
Less: Unearned income, net of costs ......................    
(719)   
Gross loans, net of net unearned income ................     414,868     
(3,580)   
Less: Allowance for loan losses .............................    
Net loans .................................................................   $ 411,288     
Loans and leases held for sale
   (not included in totals above) ..............................   $ 29,233     

15.16%  $ 51,416     
3.47%    17,737     
5,126     
2.45%   
33.71%    109,750     
36.12%    116,014     
1.40%   
4,514     
7.69%    16,281     

11.86%  $ 50,270     
3.53%    11,502     
8,136     
3.63%   
36.22%    111,796     
36.06%    119,795     
1.01%   
4,656     
7.69%    25,478     

(829)   
    330,804     
(2,802)   
  $ 328,002     

(1,210)   
    319,628     
(2,013)   
  $ 317,615     

  $ 24,656     

  $ 17,220     

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table sets forth the repricing characteristics and sensitivity to interest rate changes of the Company’s loan 

portfolio at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial................................................   $
Paycheck Protection Program...........................................    
Real estate – construction, commercial ............................    
Real estate – construction, residential ..............................    
Real estate – mortgage, commercial.................................    
Real estate – mortgage, residential ...................................    
Real estate – mortgage, farmland .....................................    
Consumer loans ................................................................    
Gross loans........................................................................   $

One Year
or Less

Between
One and
Five Years   

After
Five
Years

    Total

93,286 
21,371    $
—     
292,068 
54,702 
5,421     
18,040 
16,890     
273,499 
19,336     
213,404 
8,687     
3,615 
102     
15,547     
46,684 
87,354    $ 563,964    $ 343,980    $ 995,298 

41,128    $
—     
18,998     
1,047     
107,692     
167,048     
1,672     
6,395     

30,787    $
292,068     
30,283     
103     
146,471     
37,669     
1,841     
24,742     

Fixed-rate loans ................................................................   $
Floating-rate loans ............................................................    
Gross loans ..................................................................   $

51,442    $ 531,855    $ 154,278    $ 737,575 
35,912     
257,723 
87,354    $ 563,964    $ 343,980    $ 995,298 

189,702     

32,109     

One Year
or Less

Between
One and
Five Years   

After
Five
Years

December 31, 2019 (Dollars in thousands)
77,728 
Commercial and industrial................................................   $
Real estate – construction, commercial ............................    
38,039 
Real estate – construction, residential ..............................    
26,778 
Real estate – mortgage, commercial.................................    
251,824 
Real estate – mortgage, residential ...................................    
208,494 
Real estate – mortgage, farmland .....................................    
5,507 
Consumer loans ................................................................    
39,202 
Gross loans........................................................................   $ 106,140    $ 245,753    $ 295,679    $ 647,572 

26,899    $
5,746     
—     
98,052     
156,195     
3,609     
5,178     

28,022    $
18,160     
499     
125,687     
41,062     
1,453     
30,870     

22,807    $
14,133     
26,279     
28,085     
11,237     
445     
3,154     

Total

Fixed-rate loans ................................................................   $
Floating-rate loans ............................................................    

70,659    $ 223,941    $ 133,914    $ 428,514 
219,058 
35,481     
Gross loans ..................................................................   $ 106,140    $ 245,753    $ 295,679    $ 647,572 

161,765     

21,812     

The Company prepares a quarterly analysis of the allowance for loan losses, with the objective of quantifying portfolio 

risk into a dollar amount of inherent losses. The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have 
occurred through a provision for loan losses charged against income and decreased by loans charged-off (net of recoveries, if 
any). The Company’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on past loan loss experience, known and 
inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any 
underlying collateral, and current economic conditions. While management uses the best information available to make 
evaluations, future adjustments may be necessary, if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions 
used. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are identified 
as impaired. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows or the net 
realizable value of underlying collateral, which is equal to the estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell, of the impaired 
loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and those loans 
classified over a minimum dollar amount that are not impaired and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for other 
internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical data.

The Company follows applicable guidance issued by FASB. This guidance requires that losses be accrued when they are 

probable of occurring and can be estimated. It also requires that impaired loans, within its scope, be measured based on the 
present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that as a practical 
expedient, a creditor may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan is collateral dependent.

40

 
   
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
   
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
Loans are evaluated for non-accrual status when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more and are placed on 

non-accrual status when a loan is specifically determined to be impaired. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on those 
loans is reversed from income. Any interest payments subsequently received are recognized as income or amortized over the 
life of the loan depending on the specific circumstances. Interest payments received on loans where management believes a 
potential for loss remains are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance.

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses was adequate as of December 31, 2020. There can be no 
assurance that adjustments to the provision for loan losses will not be required in the future. Changes in the economic 
assumptions underlying management’s estimates and judgments; adverse developments in the economy, on a national basis 
or in the Company’s market area; or changes in the circumstances of particular borrowers are criteria that could require 
adjustments to the provision for loan losses.

The following table presents a summary of the provision and allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated: 

(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance, beginning of period .....................................  $
Charge-Offs

Commercial and industrial ........................................  $
Real estate, mortgage ................................................   
Consumer and other loans .........................................   
Total charge-offs.............................................................   
Recoveries

Commercial and industrial ........................................   
Real estate, construction............................................   
Real estate, mortgage ................................................   
Consumer and other loans .........................................   
Total recoveries ..............................................................   
Net charge-offs ...............................................................   
Provision for loan losses.................................................   
Allowance, end of period................................................  $
Ratio of net charges-offs to average total
   loans outstanding during period...................................   

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

2016

4,572 

 $

3,580 

 $

2,803 

 $

2,013 

 $

2,347 

(6)  $
(505)   
(994)   
(1,505)   

41 
— 
8 
261 
310 
(1,195)   
10,450 
13,827 

 $

(43)  $
(4)   
(914)   
(961)   

— 
— 
6 
205 
211 
(750)   
1,742 
4,572 

 $

(6)  $
(13)   
(545)   
(564)   

— 
— 
12 
104 
116 
(448)   
1,225 
3,580 

 $

— 
 $
(71)   
(365)   
(436)   

35 
— 
1 
95 
131 
(305)   
1,095 
2,803 

 $

(1,019)
— 
(306)
(1,325)

1 
— 
— 
64 
65 
(1,260)
926 
2,013 

0.15%  

0.02%  

0.12%  

0.09%  

0.48%

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The allowance for loan losses includes specific and a general allowance applicable to all loan categories; however, 
management has allocated the allowance by loan type to provide an indication of the relative risk characteristics of the loan 
portfolio. The allocation is an estimate and should not be interpreted as an indication that charge-offs will occur in these 
amounts, or that the allocation indicates future trends, and does not restrict the usage of the allowance for any specific loan or 
category. The allocation of the allowance and as a percent of the applicable loan segment was as follows at the periods 
indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and
   industrial..............................
Real estate – construction,
   commercial..........................
Real estate – construction,
   residential ............................
Real estate – mortgage,
   commercial..........................
Real estate – mortgage,
   residential ............................
Real estate – mortgage,
   farmland ..............................
Consumer and other ...............

  2020    

% of
Loans 

  2019    

% of
Loans 

December 31,
% of
Loans 

  2018    

  2017    

% of
Loans 

  2016    

% of
Loans 

 $ 3,762    

4.0% $ 842    

1.1% $ 568    

1.2% $ 494    

0.9% $ 573    

1.1%

960    

1.8%  

220    

0.6%  

111    

0.8%  

92    

0.8%  

83    

0.5%

150    

0.8%  

60    

0.2%  

56    

0.4%  

36    

0.5%  

10    

0.2%

   4,215    

1.6%   1,602    

0.6%   1,183    

0.8%  

809    

0.7%  

533    

0.5%

   1,481    

0.3%  

509    

0.2%  

431    

0.3%  

405    

0.3%  

289    

0.3%

18    
   3,241    
 $13,827    

0.5%  
9    
7.0%   1,330    
1.4% $4,572    

0.2%  
13    
3.4%   1,218    
0.7% $3,580    

12    
0.3%  
3.8%  
955    
0.9% $2,803    

8    
0.2%  
3.8%  
517    
0.9% $2,013    

0.1%
3.2%
0.6%

Non-performing Assets. Non-performing assets consist of non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 days and still accruing 
interest, and OREO (foreclosed properties). The level of non-performing assets increased by $1.5 million during 2020 to $6.6 
million at December 31, 2020 compared to $5.2 million at December 31, 2019. The Company has established specific loan 
loss reserves on impaired loans equal to the estimated collateral deficiency (if any), plus the cost of sale of the underlying 
collateral, as applicable.

Loans are placed in non-accrual status when in the opinion of management the collection of additional interest is unlikely 

or a specific loan meets the criteria for non-accrual status established by regulatory authorities. No interest is taken into 
income on non-accrual loans. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the loan is current as to both principal and interest or 
the borrower demonstrates the ability to pay and remain current, or both.

Foreclosed real estate properties include properties that have been substantively repossessed or acquired in complete or 
partial satisfaction of debt. Such properties, which are held for resale, are carried at fair value, including a reduction for the 
estimated selling expenses. 

Impaired loans also include certain loans that have been modified in TDRs where economic concessions have been 
granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These concessions typically 
result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, 
forgiveness of principal, forbearance, or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as non-performing at the time of 
restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance 
for a reasonable period, generally six months. The Company had two TDRs in the amount of $142 thousand and $144 
thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. One loan was classified as a TDR due to a change in interest rate and 
payment terms and the other loan was classified as a TDR due to a change in payment terms.  These loans are not included in 
the non-performing asset totals in the following table.  

42

 
 
 
  
  
  
 
The following is a summary of information pertaining to risk elements and non-performing assets at the dates indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans.......................................................  
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing ..................  
Total non-performing loans ..................................
Other real estate owned ..............................................  
Total non-performing assets .................................  

Allowance for loan losses to total loans
   held for investment..................................................  
Allowance for loan losses to non-
   performing loans .....................................................  
Non-performing loans to total loans held
   for investment..........................................................  
Non-performing assets to total assets.........................  

Potential Problem Loans

2020  
$ 6,583 
46 
 $ 6,629 
— 
$ 6,629 

2019  
$ 4,790 
369 
 $ 5,159 
— 
$ 5,159 

December 31,
2018  
$ 5,515 
  2,005 
 $ 7,520 
134 
$ 7,654 

2017  
$ 7,496 
73 
 $ 7,569 
207 
$ 7,776 

$

2016  
787 
433 
 $ 1,220 
611 
$ 1,831 

1.40% 

0.71% 

0.86% 

0.85% 

0.63%

  208.58% 

  88.62% 

  47.61% 

  37.02% 

  165.00%

0.67% 
0.44% 

0.80% 
0.54% 

1.81% 
1.42% 

2.29% 
1.89% 

0.38%
0.44%

From a credit risk standpoint, the Company grades watchlist and problem loans into one of five categories: pass/watch, 
special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss. The classifications of loans reflect a judgment about the risks of default and 
loss associated with the loan. Credit ratings are reviewed regularly by management by management. Ratings are adjusted 
regularly to reflect the degree of risk and loss that the Company’s management believes to be appropriate for each credit. The 
methodology is structured so that specific reserve allocations are increased in accordance with deterioration in credit quality 
(and a corresponding increase in risk and loss) or decreased in accordance with improvement in credit quality (and a 
corresponding decrease in risk and loss). The Company’s lending policy requires the routine monitoring of daily past due and 
overdraft reports, monthly maturing loans, monthly risk rating reports, and internal loan review reports. The lending and 
credit management of the Bank meet once a month to review loans rated pass/watch. The focus of each meeting is to identify 
and promptly determine any necessary required action with this loan population, which consists of loans that, although 
considered satisfactory and performing to terms, may exhibit special risk features that warrant management’s attention.

Loans that are deemed special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss are listed in the Bank’s Problem Loan Report or 

Special Asset Report.  

The Bank uses the following definitions for watch list risk ratings:

•

•

•

Pass/Watch. Borrowers who are considered satisfactory and performing to terms, however exhibiting special risk 
features such as declining earnings, strained cash flow, increasing leverage, and/or weakening fundamentals that 
indicate above average risk.

Special Mention. A special mention loan has potential weaknesses deserving of management’s attention. If 
uncorrected, such weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in credit 
position at some future date.

Substandard. A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current financial condition and paying capacity 
of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses 
that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will 
sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of 
substandard assets, does not have to exist in individual assets that are classified as substandard.

• Doubtful. A doubtful loan has all weaknesses inherent in one classified as substandard, with the added 

characteristic that weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of existing facts, conditions, and 
values, highly questionable and improbable. The probability of loss is extremely high, but certain important and 
reasonably specific factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the asset exist. Therefore, its 
classification as an estimated loss is deferred until a more precise status may be determined by management. 
Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition or liquidation procedures, capital injection, perfecting liens 
on additional collateral, and refinancing plans.

•

Loss. Credits rated as loss are charged-off, as the Company has no expectation of the recovery of any payments.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans not meeting the criteria above are considered to be pass-rated loans. The following tables present the loan 
balances by category as well as risk rating. No assets were classified as loss or doubtful during the periods presented.

December 31, 2020

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial......................
Paycheck Protection Program.................
Real estate – construction,
   commercial ..........................................
Real estate – construction,
   residential.............................................
Real estate – mortgage,
   commercial ..........................................
Real estate – mortgage residential ..........
Real estate – mortgage, farmland ...........
Consumer loans ......................................
Gross loans..............................................
Less:  Unearned income and
   deferred costs .......................................
Total ..................................................

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial.................
Real estate – construction,
   commercial......................................
Real estate – construction,
   residential........................................
Real estate – mortgage,
   commercial......................................
Real estate – mortgage
   residential........................................
Real estate – mortgage,
   farmland ..........................................
Consumer loans..................................
Gross loans.........................................
Less:  Unearned income and
   deferred costs ..................................
Total..............................................

Grade
1
Prime

 $
844  $
   292,068   

Grade
2
Desirable   

Grade
3
Good

Grade
4
Acceptable   

Grade
5
Pass/Watch   
484  $ 23,828  $ 55,539  $ 7,251  $
—   

—   

—   

—   

Grade
6
Special
Mention    
4  $
—   

Grade
7
Substandard    

Total

5,336  $ 93,286 
—    292,068 

—    2,143    19,524    26,324   

5,916   

218   

577    54,702 

—   

—   

3,073   

8,247   

6,458   

—   

262    18,040 

—    3,994    128,163    114,977    15,799    2,968   
—    3,583    101,078    100,601   
158   
—   
—   
1,996   
1   
36    17,062    28,033   

7,598    273,499 
2,234    213,404 
3,615 
707    46,684 
 $293,680  $10,240  $293,903  $335,717  $ 41,695  $ 3,349  $ 16,714  $995,298 

5,750   
—   
521   

444   
324   

1,175   

—   

(4,271)
   $991,027 

December 31, 2019

Grade
1

Prime   

Grade
2
Desirable   

Grade
3
Good

Grade
4
Acceptable   

Grade
5
Pass/Watch  

Grade
6
Special
Mention   

Grade
7
Substandard   

Total

 $ 1,509  $ 1,042  $ 35,180  $ 37,458  $

568  $ 1,488  $

483  $ 77,728 

   —    1,454    24,667    10,850   

102    —   

966    38,039 

   —   

139   

9,355    14,331   

2,953    —   

—    26,778 

   —    4,971    118,488    114,598   

9,273    1,935   

2,559    251,824 

   —    4,611    100,665    98,116   

3,470   

130   

1,502    208,494 

   1,467   
293   

—    —   
116    —   
 $ 3,269  $12,423  $307,963  $297,590  $ 16,482  $ 3,553  $

134   
2,170   
72    17,872    20,067   

1,736   

—   

5,507 
782    39,202 
6,292  $647,572 

(738)
   $646,834 

Investment Securities. The investment portfolio is used as a source of interest income, credit risk diversification, and 
liquidity, as well as to manage rate sensitivity and provide collateral for short-term borrowings. Securities in the investment 
portfolio classified as securities available-for-sale may be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in the 
securities’ prepayment risk, increased loan demand, general liquidity needs, and other similar factors, and are carried at 
estimated fair value. The fair value of the Company’s investment securities available-for-sale was $109.5 million at 
December 31, 2020, an increase of $904 thousand, or 0.83%, from $108.6 million at December 31, 2019. During 2020, the 
Company purchased $44.2 million in investment securities available-for-sale to offset redemptions and sales and to enhance 
the yield of the portfolio. The Company did not hold any investment securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2020, 
whereas at December 31, 2019 held-to-maturity investments totaled $12.2 million. Securities in the investment portfolio 
classified as held-to-maturity were those securities that the Company had the ability and intent to hold to maturity and were 
carried at amortized cost.  

44

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the majority of the investment securities portfolio consisted of securities rated A to 

AAA by a leading rating agency. Investment securities which carry a AAA rating are judged to be of the best quality and 
carry the smallest degree of investment risk. The market value of investment securities that were pledged to secure public 
deposits totaled $12.5 million and $12.0 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The Company completes reviews for other-than-temporary impairment at least quarterly. At December 31, 2020 and 

December 31, 2019, only investment grade securities were in an unrealized loss position. Investment securities with 
unrealized losses are a result of pricing changes due to recent and negative conditions in the current market environment and 
were not deemed a result of permanent credit impairment. Contractual cash flows for the agency mortgage-backed securities 
are guaranteed and/or funded by the U.S. government. Municipal securities show no indication that the contractual cash flows 
will not be received when due. The Company does not intend to sell nor does it believe that it will be required to sell any of 
its temporarily impaired securities prior to the recovery of the amortized cost.

No other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized for the securities in the Company’s investment portfolio as of 

December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

The Company holds restricted investments in equities of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (“FRB”), the FHLB, 
and its correspondent bank, Community Banker’s Bank (“CBB”). At December 31, 2020, the Company held $5.8 million of 
FHLB stock, $2.2 million of FRB stock, and $248 thousand of CBB stock. At December 31, 2019, the Company held $6.0 
million of FHLB stock, $963 thousand of FRB stock, and $248 thousand of CBB stock. At December 31, 2018, the Company 
held $3.5 million of FHLB stock, $813 thousand of FRB stock, and $168 thousand of CBB stock. 

The following table reflects the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio, at amortized cost, for the periods 

stated:

(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-sale

2020

December 31,
2019

2018

Percent 
of
total

Percent 
of
total

  Balance    

  Balance    

Percent 
of
total

  Balance    

State and municipal...........................................   $ 14,069     
2,500     
U. S. Treasury and agencies..............................    
Mortgage backed securities ..............................     72,337     
Corporate bonds................................................     19,755     

—     
12.95%  $
2,500     
2.30%   
66.57%    94,983     
18.18%    10,554     

1,000     
0.00%  $
3,375     
2.10%   
79.00%    28,976     
5,477     
8.80%   

1.80%
6.20%
53.30%
10.10%

Held-to-maturity

State and municipal...........................................    

—     
28.60%
Total investments ...................................................   $ 108,661      100.00%  $ 120,229      100.00%  $ 54,393      100.00%

10.10%    15,565     

    12,192     

— 

The following table presents the amortized cost of the Company’s investment portfolio by their stated maturities, as well 

as the weighted average yields for each of the maturity ranges at December 31, 2020:

December 31, 2020

  Within One Year  
Weighted
Average

Amortized
Cost

Yield  

  One to Five Years  
Weighted
Average

Amortized
Cost

Yield  

  Five to Ten Years  
Weighted
Average

Amortized
Cost

Yield  

  Over Ten Years

Amortized
Cost

Weighted
Average

Yield  

(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-sale
State and
municipal ..................  $
U. S. Treasury and 
agencies.....................   
Mortgage backed 
securities ...................   
Corporate bonds........   
Total investments ...........  $

927   

1.00% $

1,037   

2.96% $

4,464   

2.15% $

7,641   

1.90%

2,500   

0.94%  

—   

— 

—   

— 

—   

— 

—   
—   
3,427   

— 
— 

 $

—   
5,268   
6,305   

— 
5.37%  
 $

13,282   
14,257   
32,003   

1.88%  
5.27%  
 $

59,055   
230   
66,926   

2.12%
6.84%

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Deposits. The principal sources of funds for the Company are core deposits (demand deposits, interest-bearing 

transaction accounts, money market accounts, savings deposits, and certificates of deposit) from its market area. The 
Company’s deposit base includes transaction accounts, time and savings accounts, and other accounts that customers use for 
cash management purposes and which provide the Bank a source of fee income and cross-marketing opportunities as well as 
a low-cost source of funding. 

Approximately 26.6% of the Company’s deposits at December 31, 2020 were made up of time deposits, which are 

generally the most expensive form of deposit because of their fixed rate and term, compared to 36.1% and 40.9% at 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The following tables provide a summary of the Company’s deposit base at the dates indicated and the maturity 

distribution of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of the end of the periods indicated: 

(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits ....................   $ 283,186     
Interest-bearing deposits:

2020

Average
Balance     Rate

December 31,
2019

2018

Average
Balance     Rate

Average
Balance     Rate

— 

  $ 94,855     

— 

  $ 71,068     

— 

Demand deposits...............................................     101,178     
Savings..............................................................     82,510     
Money market deposits.....................................     163,096     
Time deposits .........................................................     261,891     
Total interest-bearing deposits ...............................     608,675     
Total average deposits ......................................   $ 891,861     

0.34%    58,899     
0.14%    29,691     
0.62%    81,661     
1.82%    216,313     
    386,564     
  $ 481,419     

0.53%    50,439     
0.09%    28,416     
1.62%    54,576     
2.10%    165,317     
    298,748     
  $ 369,816     

0.50%
0.08%
0.99%
1.63%

Maturities of Time Deposits ($100,000 or greater)

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2018

(Dollars in thousands)
Maturing in:

3 months or less ......................................   $
Over 3 months through 6 months ...........    
Over 6 months through 12
   months .................................................    
Over 12 months ......................................    
  $

25,211   $
33,963    

28,455   $
24,646    

24,675    
92,341    
176,190   $

28,922    
96,098    
178,121   $

8,155 
19,265 

20,867 
60,717 
109,004 

Brokered and listing service deposits made up of both certificate of deposits and money market demand accounts totaled 

$46.6 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $49.8 million at December 31, 2019 and $23.5 million at December 31, 
2018.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
     
     
  
 
Borrowings. The following table provides information on the balances and interest rates borrowings at the dates 

indicated:

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2020
Highest
Period
Month
-End
Average
-End
Balance   
Balance   
Balance   
 $115,000  $124,000  $121,033   
   281,650    355,484    223,869   

Weighted
Average
Rate

0.24%
0.35%

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2019
Highest
Period
Month
-End
Average
-End
Balance   
Balance   
Balance   
 $124,800  $134,200  $100,288   

Weighted
Average
Rate

1.92%

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2018
Highest
Period
Month
-End
Average
-End
Balance   
Balance   
Balance   
 $ 73,100  $ 73,100  $ 39,582   

Weighted
Average
Rate

2.47%

(Dollars in thousands)
FHLB borrowings .............
FRB borrowings ................

(Dollars in thousands)
FHLB borrowings .............

(Dollars in thousands)
FHLB borrowings .............

FHLB advances are secured by collateral consisting of a blanket lien on qualifying loans in the Company’s residential, 

multifamily, and commercial real estate mortgage loan portfolios, as well as selected investment portfolio securities. FRB 
borrowings in the 2020 period consist exclusively of PPPLF advances secured by PPP loans.

Liquidity. Liquidity in the banking industry is defined as the ability to meet the demand for funds of both depositors and 

borrowers. The Company must be able to meet these needs by obtaining funding from depositors or other lenders or by 
converting non-cash items into cash. The objective of the Company’s liquidity management program is to ensure that it 
always has sufficient resources to meet the demands of depositors and borrowers. Stable core deposits and a strong capital 
position provide the base for the Company’s liquidity position. Management believes the Company has demonstrated its 
ability to attract deposits because of its convenient branch locations, personal service, technology, and pricing.

In addition to deposits, the Company has access to the different wholesale funding markets. These markets include the 

brokered certificate of deposit market, listing service deposit market, and the federal funds market. The Bank is a member of 
the IntraFi Network, which allows banking customers to access FDIC insurance protection on deposits through the Bank, 
which exceed FDIC insurance limits. The Bank has one-way authority with IntraFi for both their Certificate of Deposit 
Account Registry Service and Insured Cash Swap Service products, which provides the Bank the ability to access additional 
wholesale funding as needed. The Company also maintains secured lines of credit with the FRB and the FHLB for which the 
Bank can borrow up to the allowable amount for the collateral pledged. Having diverse funding alternatives reduces the 
Company’s reliance on any one source for funding.

Cash flow from amortizing or maturing assets also provides funding to meet the needs of depositors and borrowers.

The Company has established a formal liquidity contingency plan, which provides guidelines for liquidity management. 

For the Company’s liquidity management program, the Company first determines current liquidity position and then forecasts 
liquidity based on anticipated changes in the balance sheet. In this forecast, the Company expects to maintain a liquidity 
cushion. The Company then stresses its liquidity position under several different stress scenarios, from moderate to severe. 
Guidelines for the forecasted liquidity cushion and for liquidity cushions for each stress scenario have been established. 
Management believes that it has sufficient resources to meet its liquidity needs.

The Company had a credit line available of $177.1 million with the FHLB with an outstanding balance of $135 million, 

inclusive of a $20 million letter of credit for use as pledging to the Commonwealth of Virginia for public deposits, as of 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2020. The FHLB may provide a credit line up to 30% of the Bank’s asset value as of the prior quarter-end, 
subject to certain eligibility requirements and lending collateral, increasing this credit line to approximately $450 million. As 
of December 31, 2019, the outstanding balance of borrowings and commitments with the FHLB totaled $124.8 million.

The Company had four unsecured federal fund lines available with correspondent banks for overnight borrowing totaling 

$38.0 million and $24.0 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. These lines bear interest at the 
prevailing rate for such lines and are cancellable at any time by the correspondent banks. These lines were not drawn upon at 
December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Liquidity is essential to the Company’s business. The Company’s liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access 

the capital markets or by unforeseen outflows of cash, including deposits. This situation may arise due to circumstances that 
the Company may be unable to control, such as general market disruption, negative views about the financial services 
industry generally, or an operational problem that affects a third party or the Company. The Company’s ability to borrow 
from other financial institutions on favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by disruptions in the capital markets 
or other events. Management monitor liquidity position daily through cash flow forecasting and regular testing against 
minimum policy ratios and it believes the Company’s level of liquidity and capital is adequate to conduct its business.

Capital. Capital adequacy is an important measure of financial stability and performance. the Company’s objectives are 
to maintain a level of capitalization that is sufficient to sustain asset growth and promote depositor and investor confidence. 

Regulatory agencies measure capital adequacy utilizing a formula that considers the individual risk profile of the 
financial institution. The minimum capital requirements for the Bank are: (i) a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio 
of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6%; (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%; and (iv) a Tier 1 
leverage ratio of 4%. Additionally, a capital conservation buffer requirement of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets is designed to 
absorb losses during periods of economic stress and is applicable to the Bank’s CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital 
ratios. Including the conservation buffer, the Bank’s minimum capital ratios are as follows:  7.00% for CET1; 8.50% for 
Tier 1 capital; and 10.50% for total risk-based capital. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets 
above the minimum but below the conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases, and 
compensation. The Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 
2019.

On September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a final rule required by the EGRRCPA that permits 

qualifying banks and bank holding companies that have less than $10 billion in consolidated assets to elect to be subject to 
the CBLR. Under the rule, which became effective on January 1, 2020, banks and bank holding companies that opt into the 
CBLR framework and maintain a CBLR of greater than 9% are not subject to other risk-based and leverage capital 
requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules and would be deemed to have met the well capitalized ratio requirements 
under the “prompt corrective action” framework. The Company has not opted into the CBLR framework.

As noted above, regulatory capital levels for the Bank meet those established for "well capitalized" institutions. While 
the Bank is currently considered "well capitalized," it may from time to time find it necessary to access the capital markets to 
meet the Company’s growth objectives or capitalize on specific business opportunities.

48

The following table shows the minimum capital requirement and the capital position at December 31, 2020 and 

December 31, 2019 for the Bank. 

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes (1)

To Be Well Capitalized
Under the Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

  Amount

Ratio

  Amount

Ratio

  Amount

Ratio

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2020
Total risk based capital

(To risk-weighted assets)

Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..   $

109,219     

13.10%  $

87,574     

10.50%  $

83,404     

10.00%

Tier 1 capital

(To risk-weighted assets)

Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..   $

98,751     

11.84%  $

70,893     

8.50%  $

66,723     

8.00%

Common equity tier 1 capital
(To risk-weighted assets)

Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..   $

98,751     

11.84%  $

58,383     

7.00%  $

54,213     

6.50%

Tier 1 leverage

(To average assets)

Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..   $

98,751     

8.34%  $

76,934     

4.00%  $

59,180     

5.00%

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes (1)

To Be Well Capitalized
Under the Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

  Amount

Ratio

  Amount

Ratio

  Amount

Ratio

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2019
Total risk based capital

(To risk-weighted assets)

Blue Ridge Bank, N.A. ..  $

79,911     

11.82%  $

71,007     

10.50%  $

67,626     

10.00%

Tier 1 capital

(To risk-weighted assets)

Blue Ridge Bank, N.A. ..  $

75,339     

11.14%  $

57,482     

8.50%  $

54,101     

8.00%

Common equity tier 1 capital
(To risk-weighted assets)

Blue Ridge Bank, N.A. ..  $

75,339     

11.14%  $

47,338     

7.00%  $

43,957     

6.50%

Tier 1 leverage

(To average assets)

Blue Ridge Bank, N.A. ..  $

75,339     

8.00%  $

61,216     

4.00%  $

47,090     

5.00%

(1) Except with regard to the Bank’s Tier 1 to average assets (leverage) ratio, the minimum capital requirement includes 

the Basel III Capital Rules capital conservation buffer.

Off-Balance Sheet Activities

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to 

a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements and, generally, 
have terms of one year or less. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in 
extending loan facilities to customers; the Bank generally holds collateral supporting these commitments. In the event the 
customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Bank would be required to 
fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is 
represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the Bank would be entitled to seek 
recovery from the customer. The maximum potential amount of future advances on standby letters of credit available through 
the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, totaled $6.1 million and $641 thousand, respectively.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition 
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require 
payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment 
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on 
a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is 
based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include real estate and income 
producing commercial properties. The approved commitments to extend credit that was available but unused at December 31, 
2020 and 2019 totaled $126.0 million and $107.7 million, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk Management

As a financial institution, the Company is exposed to various business risks, including interest rate risk. Interest rate risk 
is the risk to earnings and value arising from volatility in market interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from timing differences 
in the repricing and maturities of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, changes in the expected maturities of 
assets and liabilities arising from embedded options, such as borrowers' ability to prepay loans and depositors' ability to 
redeem certificates of deposit before maturity, changes in the shape of the yield curve where interest rates increase or 
decrease in a nonparallel fashion, and changes in spread relationships between different yield curves, such as U.S. Treasuries 
and LIBOR. The Company’s goal is to maximize net interest income without incurring excessive interest rate risk. 
Management of net interest income and interest rate risk must be consistent with the level of capital and liquidity that the 
Bank maintains. The Company manages interest rate risk through an asset and liability committee (“ALCO”). ALCO is 
responsible for monitoring the Company’s interest rate risk in conjunction with liquidity and capital management.

The Company employs an independent consulting firm to model its interest rate sensitivity that uses a net interest 
income simulation model as its primary tool to measure interest rate sensitivity. Assumptions for modeling are developed 
based on expected activity in the balance sheet. For maturing assets, assumptions are created for the redeployment of these 
assets. For maturing liabilities, assumptions are developed for the replacement of these funding sources. Assumptions are 
also developed for assets and liabilities that could reprice during the modeled time period. These assumptions also cover how 
management expects rates to change on non-maturity deposits such as interest checking, money market checking, savings 
accounts, as well as certificates of deposit. Based on inputs that include the current balance sheet, the current level of interest 
rates and the developed assumptions, the model then produces an expected level of net interest income assuming that market 
rates remain unchanged. This is considered the base case. Next, the model determines what net interest income would be 
based on specific changes in interest rates. The rate simulations are performed for a two-year period and include rapid rate 
changes of down 100 basis points to 200 basis points and up 100 basis points to 400 basis points. The results of these 
simulations are then compared to the base case.

Stress testing the balance sheet and net interest income using instantaneous parallel shock movements in the yield curve 

of 100 to 400 basis points is a regulatory and banking industry practice. However, these stress tests may not represent a 
realistic forecast of future interest rate movements in the yield curve. In addition, instantaneous parallel interest rate shock 
modeling is not a predictor of actual future performance of earnings. It is a financial metric used to manage interest rate risk 
and track the movement of the Company’s interest rate risk position over a historical time frame for comparison purposes. 

The asset and liability repricing characteristics of Bay Banks’ assets and liabilities will have a significant impact on the 

Company’s future interest rate risk profile. 

ITEM 7A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Not required.

50

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

51

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Blue  Ridge  Bankshares,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2020,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in 
stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  the  related  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
(collectively, the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year 
then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company 
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in 
accordance  with  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over 
financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting 
but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due 
to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, 
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial 
statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.

Charlotte, North Carolina
March 29, 2021

52

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Charlottesville, Virginia

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Blue  Ridge  Bankshares,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in 
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year 
ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered 
with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal 
control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audit,  we  are  required  to  obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, 
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on 
a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Brown, Edwards & Company, L.L.P.

We have served as the Company’s auditor from 1988 through 2019.              

Blacksburg, Virginia 
April 14, 2020

53

    
   
Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands except share and per share data)

2020

2019

Assets

Cash and due from banks..............................................................................................  $
Federal funds sold......................................................................................................... 
Securities available for sale, at fair value ..................................................................... 
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $12,654 in 2019).......................................... 
Restricted equity investments, at cost........................................................................... 
Loans held for sale........................................................................................................ 
Paycheck Protection Program loans, net of fees........................................................... 
Loans held for investment, net of deferred fees and costs............................................ 
Less allowance for loan losses...................................................................................... 
Loans held for investment, net ................................................................................  
Accrued interest receivable........................................................................................... 
Premises and equipment, net ........................................................................................ 
Cash surrender value of life insurance.......................................................................... 
Goodwill ....................................................................................................................... 
Other intangible assets.................................................................................................. 
Right-of-use asset, net .................................................................................................. 
Mortgage derivative asset ............................................................................................. 
Mortgage servicing rights ............................................................................................. 
Mortgage payments receivable ..................................................................................... 
Mortgage brokerage receivable ....................................................................................  
Other assets................................................................................................................... 

Total assets ..............................................................................................................   $

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing ......................................................................................................  $
Interest-bearing ............................................................................................................. 
Total deposits ..........................................................................................................  
FHLB borrowings......................................................................................................... 
FRB borrowings............................................................................................................ 
Subordinated debentures, net of issuance costs............................................................  
Other liabilities ............................................................................................................. 
Total liabilities ........................................................................................................  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 24)
Stockholders’ Equity:
Common stock, no par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 5,718,621 and
   5,658,585 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019,
   respectively ................................................................................................................ 
Additional paid-in capital ............................................................................................. 
Retained earnings.......................................................................................................... 
Accumulated other comprehensive income.................................................................. 

Noncontrolling interest ................................................................................................. 
Total stockholders’ equity............................................................................................. 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity.................................................................   $

117,945    $
775   
109,475   
—   
11,173   
178,598   
288,533   
702,494   
(13,827)  
688,667   
5,428   
14,831   
15,724   
19,892   
2,922   
5,328   
5,293   
7,084   
1,038   
8,516   
17,036   
1,498,258    $

333,051    $
612,058   
945,109   
115,000   
281,650   
24,506   
23,793   
1,390,058   

66,771   
252   
40,688   
264   
107,975   
225   
108,200   
1,498,258    $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60,026 
480 
108,571 
12,192 
8,134 
55,646 
— 
646,834 
(4,572)
642,262 
2,590 
13,651 
15,321 
19,915 
3,718 
6,620 
591 
— 
580 
1,128 
9,386 
960,811 

177,819 
544,211 
722,030 
124,800 
— 
9,800 
11,844 
868,474 

66,204 
252 
25,428 
229 
92,113 
224 
92,337 
960,811 

54

 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

2020

2019

Interest income:
Interest and fees on loans..............................................................................................  $
Interest on taxable securities......................................................................................... 
Interest on nontaxable securities................................................................................... 
Interest on federal funds sold........................................................................................ 
Total interest income............................................................................................... 

Interest expense:
Interest on deposits ....................................................................................................... 
Interest on subordinated debentures ............................................................................. 
Interest on other borrowings......................................................................................... 
Total interest expense.............................................................................................. 
Net interest income ....................................................................................................... 
Provision for loan losses............................................................................................... 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses ...................................................... 
Non-interest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts............................................................................. 
Residential mortgage banking income, net................................................................... 
Mortgage servicing rights ............................................................................................. 
Gain on sale of guaranteed USDA loans ...................................................................... 
Income from investment in life insurance contracts..................................................... 
Payroll processing income............................................................................................ 
Bank and purchase card revenue .................................................................................. 
Other income ................................................................................................................ 
Total non-interest income ....................................................................................... 

Non-interest expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits..................................................................................... 
Occupancy and equipment expense.............................................................................. 
Data processing fees ..................................................................................................... 
Legal, issuer, and regulatory filing fees........................................................................ 
Advertising expense...................................................................................................... 
Debit card expenses ...................................................................................................... 
Communications expense ............................................................................................. 
Audit and accounting fees ............................................................................................ 
FDIC insurance expense ............................................................................................... 
Other contractual services............................................................................................. 
Other taxes and assessments......................................................................................... 
Other operating ............................................................................................................. 
Total non-interest expenses..................................................................................... 
Income before income tax ............................................................................................ 
Income tax expense....................................................................................................... 

Net income ..............................................................................................................  $

Net Income attributable to noncontrolling interest....................................................... 
Net Income attributable to Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc...............................................  $
Net Income available to common stockholders............................................................  $
Basic earnings per common share ................................................................................  $
Diluted earnings per common share .............................................................................  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

51,559    $
2,752   
147   
2   
54,460   

6,246   
1,265   
2,439   
9,950   
44,510   
10,450   
34,060   

905   
44,460   
7,084   
880   
390   
974   
1,297   
834   
56,824   

45,418   
3,551   
2,683   
2,687   
776   
583   
721   
436   
749   
1,408   
1,013   
8,362   
68,387   
22,497   
4,800   
17,697    $
(1)  
17,696    $
17,696    $
3.11    $
3.11    $

27,090 
3,552 
236 
10 
30,888 

6,209 
709 
2,602 
9,520 
21,368 
1,742 
19,626 

651 
14,433 
— 
298 
936 
980 
572 
926 
18,796 

19,328 
2,538 
1,902 
1,778 
810 
363 
441 
258 
420 
382 
661 
3,964 
32,845 
5,577 
973 
4,604 
(24)
4,580 
4,580 
1.10 
1.10 

55

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2020

2019

17,697    $

491   
(103)  
388   

538   
(113)  
425   

(774)  
163   
(611)  

(211)  
44   
(167)  
35   
17,732    $
(1)  
17,731    $

4,604 

1,767 
(370)
1,397 

— 
— 
— 

(245)
51 
(194)

(451)
95 
(356)
847 
5,451 
(24)
5,427 

Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
 (dollars in thousands)

Net income....................................................................................................................  $
Other comprehensive income:
Gross unrealized gains (losses) on securities arising during the period .......................  
Adjustment for income tax expense ............................................................................. 

Transfer of held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale ........................................ 
Adjustment for income tax expense ............................................................................. 

Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps........................................................... 
Adjustment for income tax benefit ............................................................................... 

Less:
Reclassifications adjustment for gains included in net income .................................... 
Adjustment for income tax expense ............................................................................. 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax ...................................................................... 
Comprehensive income ................................................................................................  $
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest.................................... 
Comprehensive income attributable to Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. ..........................   $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

56

 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2018.....................................................................

Net income ..................................................................................................
Other comprehensive income .....................................................................
Noncontrolling interest capital distributions...............................................
Dividends on common stock ($0.57 per share) ..........................................
Issuance of common stock, net of capital raise expenses ...........................
Issuance of common stock in business combination ..................................
Issuance of restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures................................
Balance, December 31, 2019.....................................................................

Net income ..................................................................................................
Other comprehensive income .....................................................................
Dividends on common stock ($0.4275 per share) ......................................
Issuance of restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures................................
Balance, December 31, 2020.....................................................................

39,621 

4,604 
847 
(13)
(2,473)
22,119 
27,402 
230 
92,337 

17,697 
35 
(2,436)
567 
108,200 

Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands except per share data) 

Shares of 
Common Stock  
2,792,885 

  Common Stock  
16,453 
  $

Additional 
Paid-in Capital  
252 

  $

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)  

Noncontrolling
Interest

Total

  $

23,321 

  $

(618)   $

213 

  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
1,536,731 
1,312,919 
16,050 
5,658,585 

— 
— 
— 
60,036 
5,718,621 

  $

  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
22,119 
27,402 
230 
66,204 

— 
— 
— 
567 
66,771 

  $

  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
252 

— 
— 
— 
— 
252 

  $

  $

4,580 
— 
— 
(2,473)  
— 
— 
— 
25,428 

  $

17,696 
— 
(2,436)  
— 
40,688 

  $

— 
847 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
229 

— 
35 
— 
— 
264 

  $

  $

24 
— 
(13)  
— 
— 
— 
— 
224 

  $

1 
— 
— 
— 
225 

  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income.............................................................................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation ..........................................................................................................................................  
Deferred income taxes ...........................................................................................................................  
Provision for loan losses........................................................................................................................  
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale ..............................................................................................  
Loans held for sale, originated ..............................................................................................................  
Gain on sale of loans held for sale, originated ......................................................................................  
Gain on sale of securities.......................................................................................................................  
Loss (gain) on disposal of premises and equipment..............................................................................  
Loss on sale of other real estate owned .................................................................................................  
Investment amortization expense, net ...................................................................................................  
Amortization of subordinated debt issuance costs ................................................................................  
Amortization of other intangibles..........................................................................................................  
Earnings on life insurance .....................................................................................................................  
Increase in other assets ..........................................................................................................................  
Increase in accrued expenses.................................................................................................................  
Net cash used in operating activities .......................................................................................  

Cash flows used in investing activities:

Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold ........................................................................................  
Purchase of securities available for sale ................................................................................................  
Proceeds from calls, maturities, sales, paydowns and maturities of securities available for sale .........  
Proceeds from calls, maturities, sales, paydowns and maturities of securities held to maturity...........  
Purchase of insurance policies...............................................................................................................  
Redemption of insurance policies .........................................................................................................  
Net change in restricted equity securities ..............................................................................................  
Net increase in loans held for investment..............................................................................................  
Purchase of premises and equipment ....................................................................................................  
Increase in goodwill ..............................................................................................................................  
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment ....................................................................................  
Capital calls of SBIC funds and other investments ...............................................................................  
VCB acquisition, net of cash acquired ..................................................................................................  
Nonincome distributions from limited liability companies...................................................................  
Net cash used in investing activities ........................................................................................  

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net increase in deposits .........................................................................................................................  
Common stock dividends paid ..............................................................................................................  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances ......................................................................................................  
Federal Home Loan Bank repayments ..................................................................................................  
Federal Reserve advances......................................................................................................................  
Federal Reserve repayments..................................................................................................................  
Issuance of common stock.....................................................................................................................  
Issuance of subordinated debt ...............................................................................................................  
Payment of subordinated debt issuance costs........................................................................................  
Noncontrolling interest distributions .....................................................................................................  
Net cash provided by financing activities ...............................................................................  
Net increase in cash and due from banks .................................................................................................  
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period....................................................................................  
Cash and due from banks at end of period ..............................................................................................   $
Supplemental Schedule of Cash Flow Information .................................................................................  
Cash paid for:

Interest ...................................................................................................................................................   $
Income taxes ..........................................................................................................................................   $

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities....................................................................................   $
Transfer of held to maturity securities to available for sale ..................................................................   $
Issuance of restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures ..........................................................................   $
Initial right-of-use asset – operating leases ...........................................................................................   $
Initial lease liability – operating leases .................................................................................................   $
Assets acquired in acquisition ...............................................................................................................   $
Liabilities assumed in acquisition .........................................................................................................   $
Change in goodwill................................................................................................................................   $

2020

2019

17,697    $

4,604 

951   
(1,680 )  
10,450   
1,099,378   
(1,180,190 )  
(42,140 )  
(211 )  
160   
—    
1,138   
55   
796   
(390 )  
(26,303 )  
11,949   
(108,340 )  

(295 )  
(44,164 )  
53,595   
1,212   
—    
—    
(3,039 )  
(345,388 )  
(3,010 )  
—    
719   
(609 )  
—    
94   
(340,885 )  

223,079   
(2,436 )  
676,900   
(686,700 )  
363,682   
(82,032 )  
—    
15,000   
(349 )  
—    
507,144   
57,919 
60,026   
117,945    $

10,030    $
2,000    $

1,029    $
10,980    $
567    $
—     $
—     $
—     $
—     $
23    $

539 
(85 )
1,742 
347,203 
(363,228 )
(10,387 )
(451 )
(1 )
43 
624 
33 
455 
(936 )
(9,209 )
8,471 
(20,583 )

66 
(70,737 )
44,397 
3,280 
(600 )
1,058 
(2,692 )
(59,743 )
(1,127 )
(613 )
13 
(1,177 )
(6,967 )
160 
(94,682 )

88,932 
(2,473 )
395,000 
(343,300 )
—  
—  
22,119 
—  
—  
(13 )
160,265 
45,000 
15,026 
60,026 

9,090 
1,020 

1,767 
—  
230 
7,763 
6,742 
246,832 
219,369 
—  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
Note 1. Organization 

Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. (the "Company"), a Virginia corporation, was formed in 1988 and is registered as a 
bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company is headquartered 
in Charlottesville, Virginia. The Company conducts its business activities primarily through the branch offices of its 
wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Blue Ridge Bank, National Association (the "Bank"). The Company exists primarily 
for the purposes of holding the stock of its subsidiary, the Bank. 

The Bank operates under a national charter and is subject to regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the 

Currency (the “OCC”).  Consequently, it undergoes periodic examinations by this regulatory authority. 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and conform to general practices within the banking industry. 

(a)    Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Blue 

Ridge Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), PVB Properties, LLC, and MoneyWise Payroll Solutions, Inc. (net of 
noncontrolling interest) and were prepared in accordance with GAAP.  All material intercompany balances and 
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

(b)   Use of Estimates

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make 
estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosures of 
contingent assets and contingent liabilities, as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to accounting for 
business combinations and impairment testing of goodwill, the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of deferred 
tax assets, other-than-temporary impairment, mortgage servicing rights, and the valuation of derivative and hedging 
instruments.

(c)   Accounting for Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for under the purchase method. The purchase method requires that the 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. 
The excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed, including identifiable intangibles, is recorded as goodwill. 

(d)  Cash and due from banks and federal funds sold

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows and balance sheets, cash and due from banks include 
cash on hand and amounts due from banks, including short-term investments with original maturities of less than 90 
days. 

Federal funds sold represents excess bank reserves lent (generally on an overnight basis) to other financial 
institutions in the federal funds market. Federal funds sold are separately disclosed within the consolidated balance 
sheets.

(e)  Investment Securities

Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. If management has 

the intent and the Company has the ability at the time of purchase to hold securities until maturity, they are classified 
as held to maturity and carried at amortized historical cost. Securities not intended to be held to maturity are 
classified as available for sale and carried at fair value. Securities available for sale are intended to be used as part of 
the Company’s asset and liability management strategy and may be sold in response to liquidity needs, changes in 
interest rates, prepayment risk, or other similar factors.  Securities reclassified from one category to another are 
transferred at fair value.  

59

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities are reported as adjustments to interest 
income using the effective interest method. Realized gains and losses on dispositions are based on the net proceeds 
and the adjusted book value of the securities sold using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and 
losses on investment securities available for sale are based on the difference between book value and fair value of 
each security. These gains and losses are credited or charged to shareholders’ equity, whereas realized gains and 
losses flow through the Company’s current earnings.  

(f)     Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans originated or purchased and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of 
cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. The agreed upon sales price is considered fair value as all of these loans 
are under agreements to sell to investors at the time of origination. This amount is generally the loan’s principal 
amount. Changes in fair value are recognized in residential mortgage banking income on the consolidated statements 
of income. The Company participates in a “mandatory” delivery program for its government guaranteed and 
conventional mortgage loans. Under the mandatory delivery system, loans with interest rate locks are paired with the 
sale of a to-be-announced (“TBA”) mortgage-backed security bearing similar attributes. Under the mandatory 
delivery program, the Bank commits to deliver loans to an investor at an agreed upon price after the close of such 
loans. This differs from a “best efforts” delivery, which sets the sale price with the investor on a loan-by-loan basis 
when each loan is locked.

Loans held for sale also includes $30.4 million and $18.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively, to  a third-party financial institution to fund mortgage originations, that are sold in the secondary 
market. The Bank reviews loan documentation for each specific mortgage prior to funding to ensure it conforms to 
the terms of the agreement. The mortgages funded through this program must have already obtained a purchase 
commitment (takeout) from another financial institution as part of the conditions of the Bank’s funding.  

(g)    Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until loan 
maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for any charge-offs, and net of any 
deferred fees and origination costs. Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and 
amortized as an adjustment of the yield using the payment terms required by the loan contract. 

During 2019, as a result of the Company's acquisition of Virginia Community Bankshares, Inc. (“VCB”), the 

loan portfolio was segregated between loans initially accounted for under the amortized cost method (referred to as 
"originated" loans) and loans acquired (referred to as "acquired" loans). The loans segregated to the acquired loan 
portfolio were initially measured at fair value and subsequently accounted for under either Accounting Standards 
Codification Topic (“ASC”) 310-30 or ASC 310-20. 

Purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans, which were the non-performing loans acquired in the Company's 
acquisition of VCB, were acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality and are accounted for under 
ASC 310-30. These loans are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future 
cash flows) with no allowance for loan losses. The Company accounts for interest income on all loans acquired at a 
discount (that is due, in part, to credit quality) based on the acquired loans' expected cash flows. The acquired loans 
may be aggregated and accounted for as a pool of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk 
characteristics. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate 
expectation of cash flow. The difference between the cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the 
loans, or the "accretable yield," is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of each 
pool. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition are recognized prospectively through 
adjustment to any previously recognized allowance for loan loss for that pool of loans and then through an increase 
in the yield on the pool over its remaining life, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment 
through a loss provision and an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Therefore, the allowance for loan losses on 
these impaired pools reflects only losses incurred after the acquisition (representing the present value of all cash 
flows that were expected at acquisition but currently are not expected to be received). 

The Company periodically evaluates the remaining contractual required payments due and estimates of cash 
flows expected to be collected for PCI loans. These evaluations, performed quarterly, require the continued use of 
key assumptions and estimates, similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Changes in the contractual required 
payments due and estimated cash flows expected to be collected may result in changes in the accretable yield and 
non-accretable difference or reclassifications between accretable yield and the non-accretable difference. On an 
aggregate basis, if the acquired pools of PCI loans perform better than originally expected, the Company would 

60

expect to receive more future cash flows than originally modeled at the acquisition date. For the pools with better 
than expected cash flows, the forecasted increase would be recorded as an additional accretable yield that is 
recognized as a prospective increase to the Company's interest income on loans. 

Loans are generally placed into nonaccrual status when they are past-due 90 days as to either principal or 
interest or when, in the opinion of management, the collection of principal and/or interest is in doubt. A loan 
remains in nonaccrual status until the loan is current as to payment of both principal and interest or past-due less 
than 90 days and the borrower demonstrates the ability to pay and remain current. Loans are charged-off when a 
loan or a portion thereof is considered uncollectible. When cash payments are received, they are applied to principal 
first, then to accrued interest. It is the Company's policy not to record interest income on nonaccrual loans until 
principal has become current. In certain instances, accruing loans that are past due 90 days or more as to principal or 
interest may not go on nonaccrual status if the Company determines that the loans are well secured and are in the 
process of collection. 

Non-performing assets include nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days or more, and other real estate owned 

(“OREO”).

The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that represents management's best estimate of 

known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Both the amount of the provision expense and the level of the 
allowance for loan losses are impacted by many factors, including general and industry-specific economic 
conditions, actual and expected credit losses, historical trends, and specific conditions of the individual borrowers. 
As a part of the analysis, the Company uses comparative peer group data and qualitative factors such as levels of and 
trends in delinquencies, nonaccrual loans, charged-off loans, changes in volume and terms of loans, effects of 
changes in lending policy, experience and ability and depth of management, national and local economic trends, and 
conditions and concentrations of credit, competition, and loan review results to support estimates.

The allowance for loan losses is increased or decreased by provisions for (reversal of) loan losses, increased by 

recoveries of previously charged-off loans, and decreased by loan charge-offs.

The Company also maintains an allowance for loan losses for acquired loans: (i) for loans accounted for under 
ASC 310-30, when there is deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition, and  (ii) for loans accounted for 
under ASC 310-20, when the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining discount recorded at the time of 
acquisition. 

The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to 

loans that are determined to be impaired and, therefore, individually evaluated for impairment. The Company 
determines and recognizes impairment of certain loans when, based on current information and events, it is probable 
that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the loan agreement. A loan is not 
considered impaired during a period of delay in payment if the Company expects to collect all amounts due, 
including past-due interest. The Company individually assigns loss factors to all loans that have been identified as 
having loss attributes, as indicated by deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower or a decline in 
underlying collateral value if the loan is collateral dependent. The Company evaluates the impairment of certain 
loans on a loan by loan basis for those loans that are adversely risk rated. Measurement of impairment is based on 
the expected future cash flows of an impaired loan, which are discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, or 
measured on an observable market value, if one exists, or the fair value of the collateral underlying the loan, 
discounted to consider estimated costs to sell the collateral for collateral-dependent loans. If the net collateral value 
is less than the loan balance (including accrued interest and any unamortized premium or discount associated with 
the loan) an impairment is recognized and a specific reserve is established for the impaired loan. Loans classified as 
loss loans are fully reserved or charged-off. 

Loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") are loans that have their terms restructured 

(e.g., interest rates, loan maturity date, payment and amortization period, etc.) in circumstances that provide 
payment relief to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. All restructured loans are considered impaired loans 
and may either be in accruing status or nonaccruing status. Nonaccruing restructured loans may return to accruing 
status provided doubt has been removed concerning the collectability of principal and interest as evidenced by a 
sufficient period of payment performance in accordance with the restructured terms. Loans may be removed from 
the restructured category in the year subsequent to the restructuring, if their revised loan terms are considered to be 
consistent with terms that can be obtained in the credit market for loans with comparable risk and if they meet 
certain performance criteria. 

61

Pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), banks have the option to 
temporarily suspend certain requirements of GAAP related to TDRs for a limited period of time if certain conditions 
are met. All loan modifications made by the Company were made on a good faith basis to borrowers who met the 
requirements for modifications under the CARES Act. As a result of regulatory and accounting guidance regarding 
such modifications, the loans are not designated as TDRs, as of December 31, 2020.

(h)    Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Premises, furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements are carried at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of premises, furniture and equipment is computed using 
the straight-line method over estimated useful lives from three to forty years. 

Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the 

improvements or the lease term. Purchased computer software, which is capitalized, is amortized over estimated 
useful lives of one to three years. Rent expense on operating leases is recorded using the straight-line method over 
the appropriate lease term. 

(i)   Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired, is not amortized 
but is evaluated at least annually for impairment by comparing its fair value with its carrying amount. Impairment is 
indicated when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. 

Goodwill arises from business combinations and is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the 
consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the 
net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a 
business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at 
least annually or more frequently if events and circumstances exist that indicate that a goodwill impairment test 
should be performed. The Company performs the annual impairment test annually during the fourth quarter. 
Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Company’s balance sheet.

Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and tested for 

impairment if events and circumstances exist that might indicate impairment may have occurred. 

No impairment was recorded for 2020 and 2019. 

(j)    Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSR”) Assets

MSR assets represent a contractual agreement where the rights to service an existing mortgage are sold by the 
original lender to another party who specializes in the various functions of servicing mortgages. MSR assets can also 
result from the retention of servicing when an originated loan is sold in the secondary market. Per ASC 860-50, 
Transfers and Servicing, MSR assets are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently accounted for using 
either the amortization method or the fair value measurement method. The Company has elected to subsequently 
account for its MSR assets using the amortization method, which requires that the servicing asset be amortized in 
proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. ASC 860-50 also requires that MSR assets 
accounted for using the amortization method are evaluated for impairment each reporting period and reported at the 
lower of amortized cost or fair market value. MSR income and assets are reported on the Company’s consolidated 
statements of income and consolidated balance sheets, respectively. 

(k)   Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale. At the time of acquisition, these 
properties are recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs, with any write down charged to the allowance for 
loan losses and any gain on foreclosure recorded in the allowance up to the amount previously changed off, 
establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations of the assets are periodically performed by 
management, and these assets are subsequently accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling 
costs. Adjustments are made for subsequent declines in the fair value of the assets, less selling costs. Revenue and 
expenses from operations and valuation changes are charged to operating income in the period of the transaction. 

(l)   Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance

The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key employees. The cash surrender value of life 

insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance date, which is the 

62

cash surrender value. The increase in the cash surrender value over time is recorded as other non-interest income. 
The Company monitors the financial strength and condition of the counterparty. 

(m)   Small Business Investment Company (“SBIC”) Fund Income

The Bank has an interest in several SBIC funds. The Bank’s obligations to these funds are satisfied in the form 

of capital calls that occur during the commitment period. Two-thirds of income distributions from these funds are 
shown as a reduction to the Bank’s principal investment. The remaining one-third is recognized as income until the 
investment principal has been recovered. All distributions in excess of initial investment are recognized as income. 

(n)  Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the balance sheet method in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for 

Income Taxes. Per ASC 740, the objective is to recognize (a) the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the 
current year, and (b) defer tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been 
recognized in the financial statements or federal income tax returns. A net deferred tax asset or liability is 
determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book (i.e., financial statement) and tax 
bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and 
laws. Temporary differences are reversed in the period in which an amount or amounts become taxable or 
deductible.

When the Company’s federal tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be 
sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the 
position taken or the amount of the position that would ultimately be sustained. The benefit of a tax position is 
recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management 
believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of 
appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax 
positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit 
that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of 
the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as 
a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets along with any associated 
interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. Interest and penalties, if any, 
associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the consolidated statements of 
income.

(o)  Earnings Per Share

Accounting guidance specifies the computation, presentation, and disclosure requirements for earnings per 
share (“EPS”) for entities with publicly held common stock or potential common stock such as options, warrants, 
convertible securities, or contingent stock agreements if those securities trade in a public market. Basic EPS is 
computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS is 
similar to the computation of basic EPS except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional 
common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive common shares had been issued. The Company had 
no dilutive common shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

(p)   Financial Instruments

The Bank has entered into commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of business. Such financial 

instruments are recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements when funded.

(q)   Reclassified Amounts

Certain amounts have been reclassified from prior year financial statements to ensure consistent presentation 

with current year amounts. These reclassifications are for presentation purposes and have no impact on overall 
financial information.

(r)   Derivatives

Derivatives are recognized as assets and liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and measured 

at fair value. The Company’s derivatives consist of forward sales of to-be-announced mortgage-backed securities 
and interest rate lock commitments. The Company’s hedging policies permit the use of various derivative financial 
instruments to manage interest rate risk or to hedge specified assets and liabilities. All derivatives are recorded at 

63

fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company may be required to recognize certain contracts and 
commitments as derivatives when the characteristics of those contracts and commitments meet the definition of a 
derivative. If derivative instruments are designated as hedges of fair values, both the change in the fair value of the 
hedge and the hedged item are included in current earnings.

During the normal course of business, the Company enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans 
whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (“rate lock commitments”). For commitments 
issued in connection with potential loans intended for sale, the Bank enters into positions of forward month 
mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) to be announced (“TBA”) contracts on a mandatory basis or on a one-to-one 
forward sales contract on a best efforts basis. The Company enters into TBA contracts in order to control interest 
rate risk during the period between the rate lock commitment and mandatory sale of the mortgage loan. Both the rate 
lock commitment and the TBA contract are considered derivatives. A mortgage loan sold on a best efforts basis is 
locked into a forward sales contract with a counterparty on the same day as the rate lock commitment to control 
interest rate risk during the period between the commitment and the sale of the mortgage loan. Both the rate lock 
commitment and the forward sales contract are considered derivatives. 

The market values of rate lock commitments and best efforts forward delivery commitments is not readily 
ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded in 
stand-alone markets. The Company determines the fair value of rate lock commitments, delivery contracts, and 
forward sales contracts of MBS by measuring the change in the value of the underlying asset, while taking into 
consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close or will be funded. Certain risks arise from the 
forward delivery contracts in that the counterparties to the contracts may not be able to meet the terms of the 
contracts. Additional risks inherent in mandatory delivery programs include the risk that, if the Company does not 
close the loans subject to rate lock commitments, it will still be obligated to deliver MBS to the counterparty under 
the forward sales agreement.

The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements (‘‘swap agreements’’) to facilitate the risk management 
strategies to accommodate the needs of its banking customers. The Company mitigates the interest rate risk entering 
into these swap agreements by entering into equal and offsetting swap agreements with a highly rated third-party 
financial institution. This back-to-back swap agreement is a free-standing derivative and is recorded at fair value in 
the Company’s consolidated balance sheets (asset positions are included in other assets and liability positions are 
included in other liabilities).

The Company has entered into various cash flow hedges as defined by ASC 815-20. The objective of these 
interest rate swaps was to hedge against the risk of variability in its cash flows attributable to changes in the 3-month 
LIBOR benchmark rate component of forecasted 3-month fixed rate funding advances from the Federal Home Loan 
Bank. The hedging objective was to reduce the interest rate risk associated with the Company’s fixed rate advances 
from the designation date and going through the maturity date. These cash flow hedges are recorded at fair value in 
the Company’s consolidated balance sheets (asset positions are included in other assets and liability positions are 
included in other liabilities).

(s)  Recent Accounting Pronouncements: 

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 
(“ASU”) 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial 
Instruments. The amendments in this ASU, among other things, require the measurement of all expected credit 
losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and 
reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking 
information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will 
still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit 
losses. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and 
purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. As a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and 
Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules, the Company will be required to apply the guidance for fiscal years, and 
interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has formed a cross-functional 
working group to assess and implement the requirements of ASU 2016-13 by the adoption date. 

In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial 
Instruments – Credit Losses. This ASU addresses issues raised by stakeholders during the implementation of ASU 
No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial 
Instruments. Among other narrow-scope improvements, the new ASU clarifies guidance around how to report 
expected recoveries. “Expected recoveries” describes a situation in which an organization recognizes a full or partial 

64

write-off of the amortized cost basis of a financial asset, but then later determines that the amount written off, or a 
portion of that amount, will in fact be recovered. While applying the credit losses standard, stakeholders questioned 
whether expected recoveries were permitted on assets that had already shown credit deterioration at the time of 
purchase (also known as purchased credit-deteriorated (“PCD”) assets). In response to this question, the ASU 
permits organizations to record expected recoveries on PCD assets. In addition to other narrow technical 
improvements, the ASU also reinforces existing guidance that prohibits organizations from recording negative 
allowances for available-for-sale debt securities. The ASU includes effective dates and transition requirements that 
vary depending on whether or not an entity has already adopted ASU 2016-13. The Company is currently assessing 
the impact that ASU 2019-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.  

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the Accounting 
for Income Taxes. The ASU is expected to reduce cost and complexity related to the accounting for income taxes by 
removing specific exceptions to general principles in ASC 740 (eliminating the need for an organization to analyze 
whether certain exceptions apply in a given period) and improving financial statement preparers’ application of 
certain income tax-related guidance. This ASU is part of the FASB’s simplification initiative to make narrow-scope 
simplifications and improvements to accounting standards through a series of short-term projects. For public 
business entities, such as the Company, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not believe the adoption of ASU 2019-12 
will have a significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, Investments–Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments – 

Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)–Clarifying the 
Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815. The ASU is based on a consensus of the Emerging 
Issues Task Force of the FASB and is expected to increase comparability in accounting for these transactions. ASU 
2016-01 made targeted improvements to accounting for financial instruments, including providing an entity the 
ability to measure certain equity securities without a readily determinable fair value at cost, less any impairment, 
plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar 
investment of the same issuer. Among other topics, the amendments clarify that an entity should consider observable 
transactions that require it to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting. For public business 
entities, the amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2020, and interim 
periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not believe the adoption of ASU 2019-12 will have a 
significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Business Combinations

On December 15, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of VCB and its subsidiary Virginia Community 

Bank, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated May 13, 2019, between the 
Company and VCB. Under the agreement, VCB’s shareholders had the right to receive, at the holder’s election, 
either $58.00 per share in cash or 3.05 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to the allocation and 
proration procedures set forth in the agreement, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares.  

65

A summary of the assets received and liabilities assumed and related adjustments is as follows:

As 
Recorded
by Virginia
Community
Bankshares,
Inc.

As 
Recorded
by Blue
Ridge
Bankshares,
Inc.

  Adjustments          

 $

 $

 $

9,679  $
43,419   
303   
173,872   
6,436   
87   
864   
—   
8,069   
242,729  $

217,953   
1,297   
219,250  $

—    
   $
(470) (1)  
—    
(876) (2)  
3,296   (3)  
(87) (4)  
—    
1,690   (5)  
550   (6)  

4,103    

119   (7)  
—    
119    

   $

9,679 
42,949 
303 
172,996 
9,732 
— 
864 
1,690 
8,619 
246,832 

218,072 
1,297 
219,369 
27,463 
44,048 
16,585 

Assets
Cash and due from banks........................
Investment securities available-for-sale .
Restricted equity securities .....................
Loans.......................................................
Premises and equipment .........................
Other real estate owned ..........................
Accrued interest receivable.....................
Core deposit intangible ...........................
Other assets.............................................
Total assets acquired .........................

Liabilities
Deposits ..................................................
Other liabilities .......................................
Total liabilities assumed....................
Net assets acquired .................................
Total consideration paid .........................
Goodwill  ................................................

Explanation of adjustments:

(1)

(2)

Adjustment to reflect estimated fair value of securities portfolio.

Adjustment to reflect estimated fair value of loans of $2,295, and elimination of VCB’s allowance 

for loan and lease losses of $1,419.

(3)

(4)

(5)

Adjustment to reflect estimated fair value of furniture, fixtures, and equipment.

Adjustment to reflect estimated fair value of OREO.

Adjustment to reflect recording of core deposit intangible.

(6)
to acquisition.

Adjustment to reflect estimated fair value of other assets and the recording of deferred taxes related 

(7)

Adjustment to reflect estimated fair value of deposits.

The change from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 in goodwill from the VCB acquisition was due to 

an adjustment to the fair value of a loan after the end of 2019.

A summary of the consideration paid is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Common stock issued (1,312,919 shares) .......................  $
Cash payments to common shareholders ........................   
Total consideration paid.............................................  $

27,402 
16,646 
44,048 

Below are the methods used to determine the fair values of the significant assets acquired and liabilities 

assumed in the acquisition. 

Cash due from banks. The carrying amount of cash due from banks was used as a reasonable estimate of fair 

value.

66

 
 
 
  
    
     
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
     
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
     
    
  
    
     
    
  
    
     
     
 
Investment securities available-for-sale. The estimated fair value of investment securities available-for-sale was 
based on proceeds received from sale of securities immediately after consummation of acquisition and quoted prices 
for those securities that remained in the portfolio. 

Restricted equity securities. The carrying amount of restricted equity securities was used as a reasonable 

estimate of fair value. These investments are carried at cost as no active trading market exists.

Loans. The acquired loan portfolio was segregated into one of two categories for valuation purposes: PCI and 
performing loans. PCI loans were identified as those loans that were nonaccrual prior to the business combination 
and those loans that had been identified as potentially impaired. Potentially impaired loans were those loans that 
were identified during the credit review process where there was an indication that the borrower did not have 
sufficient cash flows to service the loan in accordance with its terms. Performing loans were those loans that were 
currently performing in accordance with the loan contract and do not appear to have any significant credit issues. 

For loans that were identified as performing, the fair values were determined using a discounted cash flow 
analysis (the "income approach"). Performing loans were segmented into pools based on loan type (commercial real 
estate, commercial and industrial, commercial construction, consumer residential, and consumer nonresidential), and 
further segmented based on payment structure (fully amortizing, non-fully amortizing balloon, or interest only), rate 
type (fixed versus variable), and remaining maturity. The estimated cash flows expected to be collected for each 
loan was determined using a valuation model that included the following key assumptions: prepayment speeds, 
expected credit loss rates, and discount rates. Prepayment speeds were influenced by many factors including, but not 
limited to, current yields, historic rate trends, payment types, interest rate type, and the duration of the individual 
loan. Expected credit loss rates were based on recent and historical default and loss rates observed for loans with 
similar characteristics, and further influenced by a credit review by management and a third-party consultant on a 
selection of loans within the acquired portfolio. The discount rates used were based on rates market participants may 
charge for cash flows with similar risk characteristics at the acquisition date. These assumptions were developed 
based on management discussions and third-party professional experience. 

For loans that were identified as PCI, either the above income approach was used or the asset approach was 

used. The income approach was used for PCI loans where there was an expectation that the borrower would more 
likely than not continue to pay based on the current terms of the loan contract. Management used the asset approach 
for all non-accrual loans to reflect market participant assumptions. Under the asset approach, the fair value of each 
loan was determined based on the estimated fair values of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell. 

The methods used to estimate the Level 3 fair values of loans are extremely sensitive to the assumptions and 
estimates used. While management attempted to use assumptions and estimates that best reflected the acquired loan 
portfolios and current market conditions, a greater degree of subjectivity is inherent in these values than in those 
determined in active markets. 

The difference between the fair value and the expected cash flows from acquired loans is accreted to interest 

income over the remaining term of the loans in accordance with ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities 
Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. 

Premises and equipment. The land and buildings acquired were recorded at fair value as determined by current 

appraisals and tax assessments at acquisition date. 

Other real estate owned. OREO was recorded at fair value based on an existing purchase contract. 

Core deposit intangible. Core deposit intangibles ("CDI") are measures of the value of non-interest bearing 

checking, savings, interest-bearing checking, and money market deposits that are acquired in a business 
combination, excluding certificates of deposit with balances over $250,000 and high yielding interest-bearing 
deposit accounts, which the Company determines customer related intangible assets as non-existent. The fair value 
of the CDI stemming from any business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings 
attributable to the core deposit funding relative to an alternative funding source. The CDI is being amortized over an 
estimated useful life of 10 years to approximate the existing deposit relationships acquired. 

Deposits. The fair values of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (non-interest bearing checking, savings, 
interest-bearing checking, and money market deposits) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. The 
fair values of the certificates of deposit represent contractual cash flows, discounted to present value using interest 
rates currently offered by market participants on deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. 

67

The fair value estimates are subject to change for up to one year after the closing date of the transaction if 

additional information relative to closing date fair values becomes available.

Note 4. Investment Securities and Other Investments

Investment securities available for sale are carried in the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value and 
investment securities held to maturity are carried in the consolidated balance sheets at their amortized cost. The 
amortized cost and fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were as 
follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale
   State and municipal ..........................................................   $
   U.S. Treasury and agencies ..............................................    
   Mortgage backed securities ..............................................    
   Corporate bonds................................................................    
Total investment securities.............................................   $

December 31, 2020
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Losses
Gains

Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

14,069    $
2,500     
72,337     
19,755     
108,661    $

258    $
—     
696     
469     
1,423    $

68    $
91     
398     
52     
609    $

14,259 
2,409 
72,635 
20,172 
109,475 

(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale
   U.S. Treasury and agencies ..............................................   $
   Mortgage backed securities ..............................................    
   Corporate bonds................................................................    
  $

December 31, 2019
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Losses
Gains

Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

2,500    $
94,983     
10,554     
108,037    $

—    $
654     
87     
741    $

51    $
152     
4     
207    $

2,449 
95,485 
10,637 
108,571 

Held to maturity
   State and municipal ..........................................................   $
Total investment securities.............................................   $

12,192    $
120,229    $

464    $
1,205    $

2    $
209    $

12,654 
121,225 

The Company had no securities pledged with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (“FRB”) for the years 

ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, securities with a market value of $12.5 million and $12.0 million, 

respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits with the Treasury Board of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, securities with a market value of $29.4 million and $55.7 million, 
respectively, were pledged to secure the Bank’s line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta 
(“FHLB”).

68

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
The following table shows fair value and gross unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length 
of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 
The reference point for determining when securities are in an unrealized loss position is period-end; therefore, it is 
possible that a security's market value exceeded its amortized cost on other days during the past twelve-month 
period.

Less than 12 
Months

December 31, 2020
12 Months or 
Greater

Total

(Dollars in thousands)
State and municipal ....................................
U.S. Treasury and agencies ........................
Mortgage backed securities ........................
Corporate bonds..........................................
Total ......................................................

(Dollars in thousands)
State and municipal.......................................
U.S. Treasury and agencies ..........................
Mortgage backed securities ..........................
Corporate bonds............................................
Total ........................................................

Unrealized
Losses

Unrealized
Losses

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value   
 $ 3,111  $
2,410   
   20,545   
3,242   
 $ 29,308  $

Fair
Value   
—  $
—   
8,592   
1,955   
(231) $ 10,547  $

(68) $
(91)  
(65)  
(7)  

Fair
Value   
—   $ 3,111  $
—    
2,410   
(333)   29,137   
5,197   
(45)  
(378) $ 39,855  $

Less than 12 
Months

December 31, 2019
12 Months or 
Greater

Total

 $

Fair
Value   
333  $
—   
   27,901   
—   
 $ 28,234  $

Unrealized
Losses

Unrealized
Losses

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value   
—  $
(2) $
—    
1,949   
5,348   
(82)  
—    
896   
(84) $ 8,193  $

Fair
Value   
—   $
333  $
(51)  
1,949   
(70)   33,249   
896   
(4)  
(125) $ 36,427  $

(68)
(91)
(398)
(52)
(609)

(2)
(51)
(152)
(4)
(209)

The amortized cost and fair value of securities at December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity are shown below.  

Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay 
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

(Dollars in thousands)
Due in one year or less........................................................................................   $
Due after one year through five years.................................................................    
Due after five years through ten years................................................................    
Due after ten years ..............................................................................................    
Total ..............................................................................................................   $

December 31, 2020
Securities Available
for Sale

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

3,427    $
6,305     
32,003     
66,926     
108,661    $

930 
6,963 
34,057 
67,525 
109,475 

Proceeds from sales, calls, and maturities of available-for-sale securities during 2020 and 2019 were $53.6 

million and $44.4 million, resulting in a gain of $211 thousand and $451 thousand, respectively.  

Held-to-maturity securities with book values of $1.2 million and $3.3 million, were either called or matured 
during 2020 and 2019, respectively, resulting in no  gain or loss for either year. During 2020, $11 million of held-to-
maturity securities were transferred to available-for-sale, as management’s intent changed with respect to the 
securities in light of potential liquidity needs.

Restricted equity investments consisted of stock in the FHLB (carrying basis $5.8 million and $6.0 million at 

December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively), FRB stock (carrying basis of $2.2 million and $963 thousand at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively), the Company’s correspondent bank’s stock (carrying basis of $248 
thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively), and various other investments (carrying basis $3.0 million 
and $911 thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively) for total restricted investments of $11.2 million 
and $8.1 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

69

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, and more frequently 
when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the 
extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the 
issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time 
sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, 
management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether 
downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial condition. No 
declines were deemed to be other-than-temporary as of December 31, 2020.

Note 5. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans held for investment at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial ..............................
Paycheck Protection Program .........................
Real estate – construction, commercial...........
Real estate – construction, residential.............
Real estate – mortgage, commercial ...............
Real estate – mortgage, residential..................
Real estate – mortgage, farmland....................
Consumer loans...............................................
Gross loans ................................................
Less: Unearned income and deferred costs.....
Total...........................................................

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

 $

 $

93,286   $
292,068    
54,702    
18,040    
273,499    
213,404    
3,615    
46,684    
995,298    
(4,271)  
991,027   $

77,728 
— 
38,039 
26,778 
251,824 
208,494 
5,507 
39,202 
647,572 
(738)
646,834 

Beginning in April 2020, the Company has participated in the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) under the 

CARES Act. Through the PPP, which is administered by the Small Business Administration (SBA), the federal 
government partnered with banks, including the Bank, to provide over $650 billion to small businesses to support 
payrolls and other operating expenses. PPP loans have a two-year term if originated prior to June 5, 2020 or a five-
year term if originated on or subsequent to June 5, 2020 and earn an annual interest rate of 1%. Banks originating 
PPP loans earned a processing fee of 1%, 3%, or 5% of the loan amount, depending on the size of the loan. The 
Company originated approximately $363.4 million in PPP loans throughout 2020 and approximately $71.3 million 
were forgiven or paid back by the borrower before year end. The Company believes the majority of these loans will 
be forgiven, in accordance with the terms of the program, and will be paid in full pursuant to the U.S. government 
guarantee. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s PPP loan balances were $292.1 million, and the Company had 
received $11.5 million of processing fees, net of agent fees, and the Company recorded $2.4 million of interest 
income from PPP loans for originating approximately 2,400 loans. The Company is accounting for the PPP 
processing fees in accordance with ASC 310-20, Receivable-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, which requires 
fees, net of costs, to be deferred and amortized as a component of loan yield over the contractual life of the loans; 
however, a shorter period is allowed if prepayments are probable and the timing and amount of prepayments can be 
reasonably estimated. The Company has recognized PPP fees, net, over a period that is less than the contractual 
period of the loans, as it believes the PPP loans will be forgiven by the end of second quarter of 2021. Of the $11.5 
million of processing fees received in 2020, approximately $7.9 million has been recognized as interest income in 
2020.

From the onset of the global COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has proactively addressed the needs of its 
commercial and individual borrowers by modifying loans allowing for the short-term deferral of principal payments 
or of principal and interest payments. Pursuant to the CARES Act, banks have the option to temporarily suspend 
certain requirements of GAAP related to TDR for a limited period of time if certain conditions are met. All loan 
modifications made by the Company were made on a good faith basis to borrowers who met the requirements for 
modifications under the CARES Act. As a result of regulatory and accounting guidance regarding such 
modifications, the loans are not designated as TDRs, as of December 31, 2020.  In response to COVID-19 during 
2020, the Company approved over 550 loan deferrals for a total of $110.6 million. A majority of these loans were 
back on normal payment schedules at December 31, 2020 with the exception of 8 loans totaling $6.3 million.  

70

 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company is closely monitoring the past due loan portfolio, and proactively staying in touch with 

borrowers, especially as it relates to certain high-risk industries impacted by COVID-19 as outlined below.  

(Dollars in thousands)
Industry by NAICS Code
Hotels and motels.......................................................................   
Bed and breakfasts .....................................................................   
All other traveler accommodations............................................   
Full-service restaurants ..............................................................   
Limited-service restaurants........................................................   
Religious organizations..............................................................   

Number of
Borrowers    12/31/2020  

15
5
5
15
12
36
88

   $

   $

34,617 
2,739 
4,392 
4,202 
4,737 
7,080 
57,767 

The Company has pledged loans held for investment as collateral for borrowings with the FHLB totaling $213.3 

million and $146.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Additionally, PPP loans 
in the amount of $281.6 million were pledged as collateral for the FRB Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity 
Facility (the “PPPLF”) at December 31, 2020.

During 2019, as a result of the Company’s acquisition of VCB, the acquired loan portfolio was initially 
measured at fair value and subsequently accounted for under either ASC 310-30 or ASC 310-20. The outstanding 
principal balance and related carrying amount of these acquired loans included in the consolidated balance sheets as 
of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
PCI loans evaluated individually for future credit losses    
Outstanding principal balance .....................................   $
Carrying amount ..........................................................    

Other acquired VCB loans

Outstanding principal balance .....................................    
Carrying amount ..........................................................    

Total acquired VCB loans

Outstanding principal balance .....................................    
Carrying amount ..........................................................    

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

1,278   $
1,085    

97,301    
96,317    

98,579    
97,402    

1,504 
1,315 

172,279 
170,151 

173,783 
171,466 

The following table presents changes for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in the 

accretable yield on the VCB PCI loans for which the Company applies ASC 310-30:

(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of period .........................
Accretable yield at acquisition date ...............
Additions........................................................
Accretion........................................................
Other changes, net..........................................
Balance, end of period ...................................

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

 $

 $

188   $
—    
(22)   
(56)   
84    
194   $

— 
190 
— 
(3)
1 
188 

Loans acquired in the 2016 River Bancorp, Inc. business combination had remaining balances of $12.6 million 

and $19.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Acquired loans through 
acquisitions are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date with no carryover of the related allowance for 
loan losses. In estimating the fair value of loans acquired, certain factors were considered, including the remaining 
lives of the acquired loans, payment history, estimated prepayments, estimated loss ratios, estimated value of the 
underlying collateral, and the net present value of cash flows expected. Accretable and nonaccretable discounts were 
immaterial. Of these balances recorded, three loan relationships were considered PCI loans. One of these 
relationships was resolved during 2018 and the Company recovered $200 thousand of the balance previously 
charged off. During the first quarter of 2019, another loan relationship was resolved, and the Company recovered 
$200 thousand of the balance previously charged-off. At December 31, 2020, the remaining PCI loans totaled $2.1 

71

 
   
       
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
   
 
  
 
     
  
   
     
  
   
     
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
million with a specific impairment of $190 thousand. The following table presents the recorded investment in the 
River Bancorp, Inc. purchased loans as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial.................................................
Real estate - construction, commercial ..............................
Real estate - mortgage, commercial...................................
Real estate - mortgage, residential.....................................
Consumer loans..................................................................

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

 $

 $

549  $
—   
4,545   
7,453   
58   
12,605  $

1,272 
1,397 
6,844 
10,075 
99 
19,687 

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment of loans as of December 31, 2020 and 

December 31, 2019: 

December 31, 2020

30-59
Days

60-89
Days

Greater than
90 Days Past
Due &

Past Due    

Accruing     Nonaccrual    

Total Past
Due &
Nonaccrual    

Current
Loans

Total
Loans

Past Due    

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial................................ $ 1,117   $
Paycheck Protection Program ...........................  
—    
Real estate – construction, commercial ............  
—    
Real estate – construction, residential...............  
262    
Real estate – mortgage, commercial .................  
995    
Real estate – mortgage, residential ...................  
1,062    
Real estate - mortgage, farmland ......................  
—    
Consumer loans.................................................  
935    
Less: Unearned income and deferred costs.......  
—    
 $ 4,371   $

—   $
—    
—    
—    
211    
—    
—    
334    
—    
545   $

—   $
—    
—    
—    
—    
46    
—    
—    
—    
46   $

1,310   $
—    
—    
—    
3,643    
916    
—    
714    

2,427   $ 90,859   $ 93,286 
—     292,068     292,068 
—     54,702     54,702 
262     17,778     18,040 
4,849     268,650     273,499 
2,024     211,380     213,404 
3,615 
3,615    
1,983     44,701     46,684 
(4,271)
(4,271)  
6,583   $ 11,545   $979,482   $991,027 

—    

—    

December 31, 2019

30-59
Days

60-89
Days

Greater than
90 Days Past
Due &

Past Due    

Accruing     Nonaccrual    

Total Past
Due &
Nonaccrual    

Current
Loans

Total
Loans

Past Due    

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial................................ $ 1,652   $
Real estate – construction, commercial ............  
820    
Real estate – construction, residential...............  
241    
Real estate – mortgage, commercial .................  
3,194    
Real estate – mortgage, residential ...................  
319    
Real estate - mortgage, farmland ......................  
—    
Consumer loans.................................................  
894    
Less: Unearned income and deferred costs.......  
—    
 $ 7,120   $

441   $
929    
—    
1,931    
713    
—    
776    
—    

2,093   $ 75,635   $ 77,728 
1,749     36,290     38,039 
241     26,537     26,778 
5,125     246,699     251,824 
1,618     206,876     208,494 
5,507 
5,507    
2,078     37,124     39,202 
(738)
4,790   $ 12,904   $633,930   $646,834 

(738)  

—    

—    

—   $
—    
—    
—    
217    
—    
408    
—    
625   $

—   $
—    
—    
—    
369    
—    
—    
—    
369   $

72

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
A summary of changes in the allowance for loans losses for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 

31, 2019 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance, beginning of period......................
Charge-Offs

Commercial and industrial.........................
Real estate, mortgage.................................
Consumer loans .........................................
Total charge-offs .............................................
Recoveries

Commercial and industrial.........................
Real estate, mortgage.................................
Consumer loans .........................................
Total recoveries...............................................
Net charge-offs................................................
Provision for loan losses .................................
Allowance, end of period ................................

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

 $

 $

 $

4,572   $

3,580 

(6) $
(505)  
(994)  
(1,505)  

41    
8    
261    
310    
(1,195)  
10,450    
13,827   $

(43)
(4)
(914)
(961)

— 
6 
205 
211 
(750)
1,742 
4,572 

PPP loans are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government; therefore, the Company recorded no allowance for loan 

losses for these loans as of December 31, 2020. In future periods, the Company may be required to establish an 
allowance for loan losses for these loans, if, for example, the U.S. government were to eliminate or reduce the 
guarantee on individual or groups of PPP loans, which would result in a provision for loan losses charged to 
earnings.

The following tables summarize the primary segments of the allowance of loan losses (“ALL”), segregated into 
the amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively 
evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

(Dollars in thousands)
ALL Balance - December 31, 
2019............................................... $
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision for loan losses
ALL Balance - December 31, 
2020
Individually evaluated for 
impairment ..................................
Collectively evaluated for 
impairment ..................................

 $

 $

(Dollars in thousands)
ALL Balance - December 31, 
2018 ............................................... $
Charge-offs ....................................  
Recoveries .....................................  
Provision for loan losses................  
ALL Balance - December 31, 
2019 ............................................... $
Individually evaluated for
   impairment..................................  
Collectively evaluated for
   impairment.................................. $

Commercial
and
Industrial

Real Estate -
Construction
Commercial   

Real Estate -
Construction
Residential   

December 31, 2020
Real Estate -
Mortgage,
Commercial    

Real Estate -
Mortgage,
Residential   

Real Estate -
Mortgage,
Farmland   

Consumer
Loans

    Total

841   $
(6)  
41    
2,886    

220  $
—   
—   
740   

60   
—   
—   
90   

1,604   $
(505)  
—    
3,116    

510  $
—   
8   
963   

9  $ 1,328   $ 4,572 
—   
(994)   (1,505)
—   
310 
261    
2,646     10,450 
9   

3,762   $

960  $

150  $

4,215   $

1,481  $

18  $ 3,241   $13,827 

144    

—   

—   

—    

—   

—   

—    

144 

3,618   $

960  $

150  $

4,215   $

1,481  $

18  $ 3,241   $13,683 

December 31, 2019

Commercial
and
Industrial

Real Estate-
Construction
Commercial   

Real Estate-
Construction
Residential   

Real Estate-
Mortgage
Commercial    

Real Estate
-
Mortgage
Residential    

Real Estate 
–
Mortgage,
Farmland    

Consumer
Loans

    Total

572   $
(43)  
—    
312    

112  $
—   
—   
108   

56   
—   
—   
4   

1,180   $
(3)  
—    
427    

434   $
(1)  
6    
71    

13   $ 1,213   $3,580 
—    
(961)
(914)  
—    
205    
211 
824     1,742 
(4)  

841   $

220  $

60  $

1,604   $

510   $

9   $ 1,328   $4,572 

143    

—   

—   

98    

—    

—    

—    

241 

698   $

220  $

60  $

1,506   $

510   $

9   $ 1,328   $4,331 

73

 
   
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
A summary of the loan portfolio individually and collectively evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2020 

and December 31, 2019 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2020
Commercial and industrial...............................................................   $
Real estate – construction, commercial ...........................................    
Real estate – construction, residential..............................................    
Real estate – mortgage, commercial ................................................    
Real estate – mortgage, residential ..................................................    
Real estate - mortgage, farmland .....................................................    
Consumer loans................................................................................    
Gross loans.......................................................................................    
Less:  Unearned income and deferred costs.....................................    
Total............................................................................................   $

Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment   

Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment    

Total

234   $
—    
—    
1,645    
452    
—    
—    
2,331    
—    
2,331   $

93,052    $
54,702     
18,040     
271,854     
212,952     
3,615     
46,684     
700,899     
(4,271)   
696,628    $

93,286 
54,702 
18,040 
273,499 
213,404 
3,615 
46,684 
703,230 
(4,271)
698,959 

The table above excludes gross PPP loans of $292.1 million, which are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government 

and therefore have no recorded allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2020.

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2019
Commercial and industrial...............................................................   $
Real estate – construction, commercial ...........................................    
Real estate – construction, residential..............................................    
Real estate – mortgage, commercial ................................................    
Real estate – mortgage, residential ..................................................    
Real estate – mortgage, farmland.....................................................    
Consumer loans................................................................................    
Gross loans.......................................................................................    
Less:  Unearned income and deferred costs.....................................    
Total............................................................................................   $

Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment   

Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment    

Total

280   $
—    
—    
733    
395    
—    
—    
1,408    
—    
1,408   $

77,448    $
38,039     
26,778     
251,091     
208,099     
5,507     
39,202     
646,164     
(738)   
645,426    $

77,728 
38,039 
26,778 
251,824 
208,494 
5,507 
39,202 
647,572 
(738)
646,834 

The following table presents information related to impaired loans, by segment, at the dates presented:

(Dollars in thousands)
With no specific allowance recorded:
Real estate – mortgage, commercial....................
Real estate – mortgage, residential ......................
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial...................................

December 31, 2020

Recorded
Investment  

Unpaid
Principal
Balance   

Related
Allowance   

Average
Recorded
Investment  

Interest
Income
Recognized 

 $

 $

1,645  $
452   

2,030  $
571   

—  $
—   

2,091  $
538   

234   
2,331  $

234   
2,835  $

144   
144  $

362   
2,991  $

4 
2 

— 
6 

74

 
 
   
     
      
  
 
 
   
     
      
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
(Dollars in thousands)
With no specific allowance recorded:
Real estate – mortgage, residential .....................
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial..................................
Real estate – mortgage, commercial...................

December 31, 2019

Recorded
Investment  

Unpaid
Principal
Balance   

Related
Allowance   

Average
Recorded
Investment  

Interest
Income
Recognized 

 $

395  $

395  $

—  $

527  $

280   
733   
1,408  $

280   
733   
1,408  $

143   
98   
241  $

286   
734   
1,547  $

 $

7 

2 
5 
14 

Impaired loans also include certain loans that have been modified in TDRs where economic concessions have 

been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These 
concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the 
interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified 
as non-performing at the time of restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the 
borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months. The Company had two 
TDRs in the amount of $142 thousand and $144 thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. One loan 
was classified as a TDR due to a change in interest rate and payment terms and the other loan was classified as a 
TDR due to a change in payment terms.  

75

 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
        
The following table shows the Company’s loan portfolio by internal loan grade as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

December 31, 2020

Grade
1
Prime

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial...................................................   $
844    $
Paycheck Protection Program ..............................................     292,068     
Real estate – construction, commercial ...............................    
—     
Real estate – construction, residential..................................    
—     
Real estate – mortgage, commercial ....................................    
—     
Real estate – mortgage residential .......................................    
—     
Real estate – mortgage, farmland.........................................    
444     
Consumer loans....................................................................    
324     
Gross loans...........................................................................   $ 293,680    $
Less:  Unearned income and deferred costs.........................    
Total................................................................................    

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial...................................................  $
Real estate – construction, commercial ...............................   
Real estate – construction, residential..................................   
Real estate – mortgage, commercial ....................................   
Real estate – mortgage residential .......................................   
Real estate – mortgage, farmland.........................................   
Consumer loans....................................................................   
Gross loans...........................................................................  $
Less:  Unearned income and deferred costs.........................   
Total................................................................................   

Grade
1
Prime

1,509    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
1,467     
293     
3,269    $

Grade
5
Pass/Watch  

Grade
6
Special
Mention

Grade
7
Substandard  

Grade
2
Desirable

Grade
4
Acceptable  

484    $
—     
2,143     
—     

Grade
3
Good
55,539    $
23,828    $
—     
—     
26,324     
19,524     
8,247     
3,073     
3,994      128,163      114,977     
3,583      101,078      100,601     
1,996     
1,175     
28,033     
17,062     
10,240    $ 293,903    $ 335,717    $

—     
36     

7,251    $
—     
5,916     
6,458     
15,799     
5,750     
—     
521     
41,695    $

4    $
—     
218     
—     
2,968     
158     
—     
1     
3,349    $

5,336    $
—     
577     
262     
7,598     
2,234     
—     
707     

Total
93,286 
292,068 
54,702 
18,040 
273,499 
213,404 
3,615 
46,684 
16,714    $ 995,298 
(4,271)
     $ 991,027 

December 31, 2019

Grade
2
Desirable

Grade
4
Acceptable  

1,042    $
1,454     
139     

Grade
3
Good
37,458    $
35,180    $
10,850     
24,667     
14,331     
9,355     
4,971      118,488      114,598     
98,116     
4,611      100,665     
2,170     
1,736     
20,067     
17,872     
12,423    $ 307,963    $ 297,590    $

134     
72     

Grade
5
Pass/Watch  

Grade
6
Special
Mention

Grade
7
Substandard  

Total

568    $
102     
2,953     
9,273     
3,470     
—     
116     
16,482    $

1,488    $
—     
—     
1,935     
130     
—     
—     
3,553    $

483    $ 77,728 
38,039 
966     
—     
26,778 
2,559      251,824 
1,502      208,494 
5,507 
39,202 
6,292    $ 647,572 
(738)
     $ 646,834 

—     
782     

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of 
borrowers to service their debt such as current financial information, historical payment experience, collateral 
adequacy, credit documentation, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans 
individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis typically includes larger, non-homogeneous loans 
such as commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans. This analysis is performed on an ongoing basis 
as new information is obtained. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings: 

Risk Grade 1 – Prime:  This grade is reserved for only the strongest of loans. These loans are to individuals or 
corporations that are well known to the Bank and are always secured with an almost guaranteed source of repayment 
such as a lien on a bank certificate of deposit or savings account. Character, credit history, and ability of individuals 
or company principals are excellent and unquestioned. Source of income and industry of borrower appears stable. 
High liquidity, minimum risk, good ratios, and low handling cost are present.

Risk Grade 2 – Desirable:  This grade is reserved for new loans that are within guidelines and where the 

borrowers have documented significant overall financial strength. A liquid financial statement is generally a 
financial statement with substantial liquid assets, particularly relative to the debts. These loans have excellent 
sources of repayment, with no significant identifiable risk of collection, and conform in all respects to policy, 
guidelines, underwriting standards, and federal and state regulations (no exceptions of any kind).

Risk Grade 3 – Good: This grade is reserved for loans which exhibit satisfactory credit risk. These loans have 

adequate sources of repayment, with little identifiable risk of collection. Generally, loans assigned this risk grade 
will demonstrate the following characteristics: (1) conformity in all respects with policy, guidelines, underwriting 
standards, and federal and state regulations (no exceptions of any kind), (2) documented historical cash flow that 
meets or exceeds required minimum the Bank guidelines, or that can be supplemented with verifiable cash flow 
from other sources, and (3) adequate secondary sources to liquidate the debt, including combinations of liquidity, 
liquidation of collateral, or liquidation value to the net worth of the borrower or guarantor.

Risk Grade 4 – Acceptable: This grade is given to satisfactory loans containing more risk than Risk Grade 3 
loans. These loans have adequate sources of repayment, with little identifiable risk of collection. Loans assigned this 
risk grade will demonstrate the following characteristics: (1) general conformity to the Bank's underwriting 
requirements, with limited exceptions to policy, product, or underwriting guidelines. All exceptions noted have 
documented mitigating factors that offset any additional risk associated with the exceptions noted, (2) documented 
historical cash flow that meets or exceeds required minimum guidelines, or that can be supplemented with verifiable 
cash flow from other sources, and (3) adequate secondary sources to liquidate the debt, including combinations of 
liquidity, liquidation of collateral, or liquidation value to the net worth of the borrower or guarantor.

Risk Grade 5 – Pass/Watch:  This grade is for satisfactory loans containing acceptable but elevated risk. These 

loans are characterized by borrowers who have a marginal cash flow, marginal profitability, or have experienced an 
unprofitable year and declining financial condition. The borrower has in the past satisfactorily handled debts with 
the Bank, but in recent months has either been late, delinquent in making payments, or made sporadic payments. 
While the Bank continues to be adequately secured, margins have decreased or are decreasing, despite the 
borrower’s continued satisfactory condition. These loans require more diligent monitoring due to characteristics 
such as:  (1) additional exceptions to the Bank's policy requirements, product guidelines or underwriting standards 
that present a higher degree of risk, (2) unproved, insufficient or marginal primary sources of repayment that appear 
sufficient to service the debt at this time, and (3) marginal or unproven secondary sources to liquidate the debt, 
including combinations of liquidation of collateral and liquidation value to the net worth of the borrower or 
guarantor.

Risk Grade 6 – Special Mention:  This grade is for loans that have potential weaknesses that deserve 
management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the 
repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution's credit position at some future date. Special Mention assets 
are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification. 
Special mention credits typically exhibit underwriting guideline tolerances and/or exceptions with no mitigating 
factors, or emerging weaknesses that may or may not be cured as time passes.

Risk Grade 7 – Substandard:  A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound net worth 
and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified as substandard must have a 
well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt; they are characterized by the 

77

distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans consistently 
not meeting the repayment schedule should be downgraded to substandard. Loans in this category are characterized 
by deterioration in quality exhibited by any number of well-defined weaknesses requiring corrective action. The 
weaknesses may include, but are not limited to: (1) high debt to worth ratios, (2) declining or negative earnings 
trends, (3) declining or inadequate liquidity, (4) improper loan structure, (5) questionable repayment sources, (6) 
lack of well-defined secondary repayment source, and (7) unfavorable competitive comparisons. Such loans are no 
longer considered to be adequately protected due to the borrower's declining net worth, lack of earnings capacity, 
declining collateral margins and/or unperfected collateral positions. A possibility of loss of a portion of the loan 
balance cannot be ruled out. The repayment ability of the borrower is marginal or weak and the loan may have 
exhibited excessive overdue status or extensions and/or renewals.

Risk Grade 8 – Doubtful:  Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified 
substandard, plus the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of 
currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable. However, these loans are not yet 
rated as loss because certain events may occur which would salvage the debt. Among these events are: (1) injection 
of capital, (2) alternative financing, (3) liquidation of assets or the pledging of additional collateral, and (4) the 
ability of the borrower to service the debt is extremely weak, overdue status is constant, the debt has been placed on 
nonaccrual status, and no definite repayment schedule exists. Doubtful is a temporary grade where a loss is 
expected, but is presently not quantified with any degree of accuracy. Once the loss position is determined, the 
amount is charged off.

Risk Grade 9 – Loss:  Loans classified loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their  
continuance as assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or 
salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer charging off the worthless loan, even though 
partial recovery may be effected in the future. Probable loss portions of doubtful assets should be charged against 
the allowance for loan losses. Loans may reside in this classification for administrative purposes for a period not to 
exceed the earlier of thirty (30) days or calendar quarter-end.

There were no loans classified as doubtful or loss at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Note 6. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Buildings and land ........................................................   $
Construction in progress ...............................................    
Furniture, fixtures and equipment.................................    
Software........................................................................    
Total cost .................................................................    
Less:  accumulated depreciation...................................    
Premises and equipment, net...................................   $

December 31,

2020

2019

13,925    $
—     
3,945     
325     
18,195     
(3,364)   
14,831    $

12,535 
443 
3,411 
354 
16,743 
(3,092)
13,651 

Depreciation expense for 2020 and 2019 was $951 thousand and $539 thousand, respectively.

78

 
 
 
 
   
 
Note 7. Goodwill and Intangibles

The balance in goodwill is the result of a branch acquisition in 2011, the acquisition of River Bancorp, Inc. in 
2016, the acquisition of a mortgage line of business in 2018, the 35% acquisition of Hammond Insurance Agency, 
Incorporated in 2019, and the acquisition of VCB in 2019. The purpose of these acquisitions was to expand the 
Company’s geographic service area by targeting attractive markets with potential to provide continued balance sheet 
growth and new opportunities for the Company. Management evaluates at least annually the recorded value of 
goodwill. The Company does not amortize goodwill, but instead evaluates it periodically for impairment. In the 
event the asset suffers a decline in value based on criteria established in governing accounting standards, an 
impairment will be recorded.

Information concerning goodwill by acquisition is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Charlottesville Branch acquisition ................................   $
River Bancorp, Inc. acquisition.....................................    
Mortgage Business acquisition .....................................    
Hammond Insurance Agency acquisition .....................    
Virginia Community Bankshares, Inc. acquisition .......    
  $

December 31,

2020

2019

366   $
1,728    
600    
613    
16,585    
19,892   $

366 
1,728 
600 
613 
16,608 
19,915 

The change from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 in goodwill from the VCB acquisition was due to 

an adjustment to the fair value of a loan after the end of 2019.

Information concerning amortizable intangible assets is as follows:

December 31, 2020
Core deposit intangibles ......................
Other amortizable intangibles..............

December 31, 2019
Core deposit intangibles ......................
Other amortizable intangibles..............

 $

  $

Gross 
Carrying 
Value

Accumulated 
Amortization   
1,366  $
1,016   

2,776  $
2,528   

Net 
Carrying 
Value

1,410 
1,512 

2,776   $
2,339   

875   $
522   

1,901 
1,817 

Intangible amortization expense is included in non-interest expense or interest and fees on loans depending 

on the intangible. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, intangible amortization expense totaled $984 
thousand and $474 thousand, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter as of December 31, 2020 is as 

follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
 2021.................................................................  $
 2022.................................................................   
 2023.................................................................   
 2024.................................................................   
 2025.................................................................   
Thereafter .........................................................   
Total ............................................................  $

759 
593 
394 
342 
293 
541 
2,922 

Effective second quarter 2020, the Company began retaining servicing rights on mortgages originated and sold 

by its mortgage division to the secondary market. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was servicing 
approximately $846.5 million of sold loans. The Company records MSR assets initially at fair value and 
subsequently accounts for them under the amortization method and performs an impairment assessment each 

79

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
     
 
reporting period. Management determined no impairment existed on MSR assets as of December 31, 2020. For the 
year ended December 31, 2020, income of $7.1 million was recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of 
income. As of December 31, 2020, the carrying value of MSR assets reported in the Company’s consolidated 
balance sheets totaled $7.1 million ($7.3 million fair value). 

Note 8. Deposits

The aggregate amounts of certificates of deposit, with a minimum denomination of $250,000, were $95.7 

million and $82.8 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  

Time deposits include brokered deposits purchased through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service 

(“CDARS”). The balance of these time deposits was $2.2 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019. The decision to 
utilize this funding depends on the Bank’s liquidity needs and the pricing of CDARS deposits compared to other 
potential funding sources.

At December 31, 2020, the scheduled maturities of time deposits for the next five years and thereafter were as 

follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
 2021 ................................................................................  $
 2022 ................................................................................   
 2023 ................................................................................   
 2024 ................................................................................   
 2025 ................................................................................   
2026 and beyond .............................................................   
Total ...........................................................................  $

117,792 
57,642 
28,532 
40,541 
5,671 
1,265 
251,443 

Brokered deposits totaled $31.7 million and $30.6 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  

Additionally, deposits obtained through the certificate of deposit listing service totaled $14.8 million and $19.2 
million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Note 9. Borrowings 

FHLB Borrowings

The Bank has a line of credit from the FHLB secured by the Bank’s real estate loans and certain pledged 
securities. The FHLB will lend up to 30% of the Bank’s total assets as of the prior quarter end, subject to certain 
eligibility requirements, including adequate collateral. The available line of credit totaled $177.1 million at 
December 31, 2020. The Bank had borrowings from the FHLB that totaled $115.0 million and $124.8 million at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The interest rate on the borrowings ranged from 0.22% to 0.25% 
depending on structure and maturity. The borrowings also required the Bank to own $5.8 million of FHLB stock, at 
December 31, 2020, which is included in restricted investments on the consolidated balance sheets. 

The principal on FHLB borrowings matures as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
 2021 ...............................................................................   $

  Maturities  
115,000 

At December 31, 2020, 1-4 family residential loans held for investment with a lendable value of $49.9 million, 

multi-family residential loans with a lendable value of $10.0 million, commercial real estate loans with a lendable 
value of $65.7 million, 1-4 family residential loans held for sale with a lendable value of $23.2 million and securities 
with a lendable value of $28.3 million were pledged against the available line of credit with the FHLB. The Bank 
also has a letter of credit with the FHLB in the amount of $20.0 million for the purpose of collateral for public 
deposits with the Treasury Board of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

80

     
 
FRB Borrowings

In the second quarter of 2020, the Company began participating in the PPPLF, which allows banks to pledge 
PPP loans as collateral in exchange for advances. The PPPLF advances are at 100% of the PPP loan value and term, 
have a fixed annual cost of 35 basis points, and receive favorable regulatory capital treatment. As of December 31, 
2020, these FRB borrowings were comprised of 23 PPPLF advances, totaling $281.6 million with maturities ranging 
from 1.2 years to 4.5 years.

Other Borrowings

The Company has unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks totaling $38.0 million at December 31, 
2020 and $24.0 million at December 31, 2019, available for overnight borrowing. These lines bear interest at the 
prevailing rates for such loans and are cancellable any time by the correspondent bank. At December 31, 2020 and 
2019, none of these lines of credit with correspondent banks were drawn upon.

Subordinated Notes

On May 28, 2020, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with an institutional 

investor under which the Company issued a subordinated note with a principal amount of $15,000,000 (the “2020 
Note”). The 2020 Note has a maturity date of June 1, 2030. The 2020 Note bears interest, payable on the 1st of June 
and December of each year, commencing December 1, 2020, at a fixed rate of 6.00% per year for the first five years, 
and thereafter will bear a floating interest rate of SOFR (as defined in the note) plus 587 basis points. The 2020 Note 
is not convertible into common stock or preferred stock and is not callable by the holder. The Company has the right 
to redeem the 2020 Note, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, at any interest payment date on or after 
June 1, 2025 and prior to the maturity date, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000, 
plus interest accrued and unpaid through the date of redemption. If an event of default occurs, such as the 
bankruptcy of the Company, the holder of the 2020 Note may declare the principal amount of the 2020 Note to be 
due and immediately payable. The 2020 Note is an unsecured, subordinated obligation of the Company, ranks junior 
in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, and ranks pari passu with the 2015 
Notes (discussed below). The 2020 Note qualifies as Tier 2 capital for regulatory reporting; though, Tier 2 capital 
treatment is reduced by 20% in each year subsequent to the first date of the redemption right. The aggregate carrying 
value of the 2020 Note, including capitalized, unamortized debt issuance costs, was $14.7 million at December 31, 
2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the effective interest rate on the 2020 Note was 6.17%. 

On November 20, 2015, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with 14 
institutional accredited investors under which the Company issued an aggregate of $10,000,000 of subordinated 
notes (the “2015 Notes”) to institutional accredited investors. The 2015 Notes have a maturity date of December 1, 
2025. The 2015 Notes bear interest, payable on the 1st of June and December of each year, commencing June 1, 
2016, at a fixed rate of 6.75% per year for the first five years, and thereafter will bear a floating interest rate of 
LIBOR plus 512.8 basis points. The 2015 Notes are not convertible into common stock or preferred stock and are 
not callable by the holders. The Company has the right to redeem the 2015 Notes, in whole or in part, without 
premium or penalty, at any interest payment date on or after December 1, 2020 and prior to the maturity date, but in 
all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000, plus interest accrued and unpaid through the date of 
redemption. If an event of default occurs, such as the bankruptcy of the Company, the holder of a 2015 Note may 
declare the principal amount of the note to be due and immediately payable. The 2015 Notes are unsecured, 
subordinated obligations of the Company, rank junior in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future 
senior indebtedness, and rank pari passu with the 2020 Note. The 2015 Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory 
reporting; though, Tier 2 capital treatment is reduced by 20% in each year subsequent to the first date of the 
redemption right. The aggregate carrying value of the 2015 Notes, including capitalized, unamortized debt issuance 
costs, was $9.8 million at both December 31, 2020 and 2019. For the twelve months ending December 31, 2020, the 
effective interest rate on the 2015 Notes was 6.86%. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the effective interest 
rate on the 2015 Notes was 6.89%.  

81

 
Note 10. Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements (‘‘swap agreements’’) to facilitate the risk management 

strategies needed in order to accommodate the needs of its banking customers. The Company mitigates the interest 
rate risk entering into these swap agreements by entering into equal and offsetting swap agreements with a highly 
rated third-party financial institution. This back-to-back swap agreement is a free-standing derivative and is recorded 
at fair value in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets (asset positions are included in other assets and liability 
positions are included in other liabilities) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.  

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest rate swap agreement

Receive fixed/pay variable swaps.....................................................  $
Pay fixed/receive variable swaps......................................................   

2,100    $
2,100     

339 
(339)

December 31, 2020
Fair
Value

Notional
Amount

December 31, 2019
Fair
Value

Notional
Amount

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest rate swap agreement

Receive fixed/pay variable swaps.....................................................  $
Pay fixed/receive variable swaps......................................................   

2,145    $
2,145     

185 
(185)

The Company entered into various cash flow hedges as defined by ASC 815-20 during 2020 and 2019. The 

objective of this interest rate swap was to hedge against the risk of variability in its cash flows attributable to 
changes in the 3-month LIBOR benchmark rate component of forecasted 3-month fixed rate funding advances from 
the FHLB. The hedging objective was to reduce the interest rate risk associated with the Company’s fixed rate 
advances from the designation date and going through the maturity date. The identified hedge layers are summarized 
as follows, (in thousands):

3-Month LIBOR    
Hedged Notional

$
$
$

15,000    $
25,000    $
10,000    $

Cash & Securities
Exposure Hedged    
15,000   
25,000   
10,000   

Period Hedged

From

July 1, 2019 
August 2, 2019 
August 29, 2019 

To

July 1, 2022
February 2, 2023
August 29, 2023

Each layer has a variable receive leg of three-month LIBOR and a fixed pay leg of 1.80%.  

At the time the hedges identified in the table above expire, new hedges will begin summarized as follows (in 

thousands):

3-Month LIBOR    
Hedged Notional

$
$
$

15,000    $
25,000    $
10,000    $

Cash & Securities
Exposure Hedged    
15,000   
25,000   
10,000   

Period Hedged

From

July 1, 2022 
February 2, 2023 
August 29, 2023 

To

July 1, 2032
February 2, 2033
August 29, 2033

Each hedge layer identified in the table above has a variable receive leg of three-month LIBOR and a fixed pay 

leg ranging from 0.92% to 0.95%.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
     
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
Beginning in 2020, the Company entered into three additional hedges summarized as follows (in thousands):

3-Month LIBOR    
Hedged Notional

$
$
$

20,000    $
35,000    $
10,000    $

Cash & Securities
Exposure Hedged    
20,000   
35,000   
10,000   

Period Hedged

From
March 13, 2020 
May 6, 2020 
May 29, 2020 

To

March 13, 2030
May 6, 2027
May 29, 2027

Each hedge layer identified in the table above has a variable receive leg of 3-month LIBOR and a fixed pay leg 

ranging from 0.83% to 0.86%.

The Company has the intent and ability to fund the three-month rate advances during the term of these cash 
flow hedges. The Company had cash collateral with the counterparties of $6.0 million and $880 thousand within 
other assets on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Bank also participates in a “mandatory” delivery program for its government guaranteed and conventional 
mortgage loans held for sale. Under the mandatory delivery system, loans with interest rate locks are paired with the 
sale of a to-be-announced mortgage-backed security bearing similar attributes. Under the mandatory delivery 
program, the Bank commits to deliver loans to an investor at an agreed upon price after the close of such loans. This 
differs from a “best efforts” delivery, which sets the sale price with the investor on a loan-by-loan basis when each 
loan is locked. At December 31, 2020, the Bank had entered into $97.1 million of rate lock commitments with 
borrowers, net of expected fallout, and $154.3 million of closed loans inventory waiting for sale, which were hedged 
by $225 million in forward to-be-announced mortgage-backed securities sales. A mortgage derivative asset of $5.3 
million and $591 thousand are included on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively, and a mortgage derivative liability of $1.6 million and $2 thousand are included on the consolidated 
balance sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Note 11. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan that covers eligible employees. Employees may make voluntary 

contributions subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Bank matches 100 percent of an employee’s 
contribution up to 5% of his or her deferral following one year of continuous service. Employees are 100% vested in 
the safe harbor match. The Company’s board of directors may make additional contributions at its discretion, which 
are on a six-year vesting schedule. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, total expenses attributable to 
this plan were $1.2 million and $700 thousand, respectively.  

The Company has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) that covers eligible employees. Benefits in the 

plan vest over a five-year period. Contributions to the plan are made at the discretion of the board of directors and 
may include both the matching component to employees’ elective deferrals into the 401(k) plan and discretionary 
profit contributions. The ESOP held 104,058 and 79,800 total shares of Company common stock at December 31, 
2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. All shares issued to and held by the ESOP are considered outstanding in 
the computation of EPS. The ESOP or the Company is required to purchase shares from separated employees at the 
market price of the Company’s stock. 

Note 12. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has granted restricted stock awards to employees and directors under the Company’s 2017 Equity 

Incentive Plan. The restricted stock awards are considered fixed awards as the number of shares and fair value is 
known at the date of grant, and the fair value of the award at the grant date is amortized over the vesting period. 
Non-cash compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock 
awards, net of estimated forfeitures, was $567 thousand and $230 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 
and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2020, the Company had 127,286 restricted stock awards outstanding of 
which 28,219 shares were fully vested and 99,067 shares were unvested. The amount of unrecognized expense 
related to the future vesting of awards at December 31, 2020 was $1.8 million.

83

   
   
 
  
Note 13. Fair Value

The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties 

in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants on the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in 
many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where 
quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation 
techniques.

Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates 

of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the 
instrument. Accounting guidance for fair value excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial 
instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not 
necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

The Company records fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and determines fair value 
disclosures utilizing a definition of fair value of assets and liabilities that states that fair value is an exit price, 
representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants. Additional considerations are involved to determine the fair value of financial assets in 
markets that are not active.

The Company uses a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation 
techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent 
sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. The three levels of the fair value 
hierarchy based on these two types of inputs are as follows:

Level 1 –   Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2 –   Valuation is based on observable inputs including quoted prices in active markets for 

similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in 
less active markets, and model-based valuation techniques for which significant 
assumptions can be derived primarily from or corroborated by observable data in the 
market.

Level 3 –   Valuation is based on model-based techniques that use one or more significant inputs or 

assumptions that are unobservable in the market.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets and 

liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements:

Securities

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation 
hierarchy. Level 1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange traded 
equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted 
prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flow. Level 2 securities would include U.S. 
agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, and certain 
corporate, asset backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency 
around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The carrying value 
of restricted FRB and FHLB stock approximates fair value based upon the redemption provisions of each entity and 
is therefore excluded from the following table.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative instruments used to hedge residential mortgage loans held for sale and the related interest rate lock 
commitments include forward commitments to sell mortgage loans and are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 
inputs. The fair values of derivative financial instruments are based on derivative market data inputs as of the 
valuation date and the underlying value of mortgage loans for rate lock commitments.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow hedges (“interest rate swaps”) are used to hedge against the risk of variability in cash flows 

attributable to changes in the 3-month LIBOR benchmark rate component of forecasted 3-month fixed rate funding 
advances from the FHLB. These cash flow hedges are recorded at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs.  

The following tables present the balances of financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

(Dollars in thousands)
Securities available for sale

December 31, 2020

Total

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

State and municipals.......................................................  $
U.S. Treasury and agencies ............................................   
Mortgage backed securities ............................................   
Corporate bonds .............................................................   
Total investment securities available for sale ......................  $

14,259    $
2,409     
72,635     
20,172     
109,475    $

Mortgage derivative asset ....................................................  $
Mortgage derivative liability................................................  $
Interest rate swap asset.........................................................  $
Interest rate swap liability....................................................  $

5,293    $
1,569    $
1,716    $
2,735    $

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—    $

—    $
—    $
—    $
—    $

14,259    $
2,409     
72,635     
20,172     
109,475    $

5,293    $
1,569    $
1,716    $
2,735    $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(Dollars in thousands)
Securities available for sale

December 31, 2019

Total

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

U.S. Treasury and agencies ............................................  $
Mortgage backed securities ............................................   
Corporate bonds .............................................................   
Total investment securities available for sale ......................  $

2,449    $
95,485     
10,637     
108,571    $

Mortgage derivative asset ....................................................  $
Mortgage derivative liability................................................  $
Interest rate swap asset.........................................................  $
Interest rate swap liability....................................................  $

591    $
2    $
185    $
430    $

—    $
—     
—     
—    $

—    $
—    $
—    $
—    $

2,449    $
95,485     
10,637     
108,571    $

591    $
2    $
185    $
430    $

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. 
Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market 
accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets 

recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company began retaining servicing rights on mortgages originated and sold by its mortgage division to the 

secondary market beginning in second quarter 2020. The Company records MSR assets initially at fair value and 
subsequently accounts for them under the amortization method and performs an impairment assessment each 
reporting period. The amortization method requires that the MSR assets be recorded at the lower of cost or fair 
value. As of December 31, 2020, the amortized cost of MSR assets totaled $7.1 million compared to a fair value of 
$7.3 million.  

85

 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
     
       
       
       
 
The following table presents the change in MSR assets for the year ended December 31, 2020:

(Dollars in thousands)

MSRs

Balance, December 31, 2019..............................................................................  
   Additions .........................................................................................................  
   Write-offs ........................................................................................................  
   Amortization....................................................................................................  
   Impairments.....................................................................................................  
   Fair value adjustments.....................................................................................  
Balance, December 31, 2020 - Fair value ..........................................................  
Balance, December 31, 2020 - Amortized cost..................................................  

$

$
$

— 
7,539 
(61)
(391)
(3)
207 
7,291 
7,084 

A third-party model is used to determine the fair value of the Company’s MSR assets. The model establishes 
pools of performing loans, calculates projected future cash flows for each pool, and applies a discount rate to each 
pool. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was servicing approximately $846.5 million loans. Loans are 
segregated into homogenous pools based on loan term, interest rates, and other similar characteristics. Cash flows 
are then estimated based on net servicing fee income and utilizing assumed servicing costs and prepayment speeds. 
The weighted average net servicing fee income of the portfolio was 27.3 basis points as of December 31, 2020. 
Estimated base annual servicing costs were $75.00 to $90.00 per loan depending on the guarantor. Prepayment 
speeds in the model are based on empirically derived data for mortgage pool factors and differences between a 
mortgage pool’s weighted average coupon and its current mortgage rate. The weighted average prepayment speed 
assumption used in the fair value model was 15.81% as of December 31, 2020. A base discount rate of 10.00% to 
13.00% (10.18% weighted average discount rate) was then applied to each pool’s projected future cash flows as of 
December 31, 2020. The discount rate is intended to represent the estimated market yield for the highest quality 
grade of comparable servicing. MSR assets are classified as Level 3.

Impaired Loans

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and 

events, it is probable that all amounts due will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the discounted cash 
flows of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if any, less estimated costs to sell, if the loan is collateral-
dependent. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and 
accounts receivable. Any given loan may have multiple types of collateral; however, the majority of the Company’s 
loan collateral is real estate. The value of real estate collateral is generally determined utilizing a market valuation 
approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using 
observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral value is significantly adjusted due to differences in the 
comparable properties or is discounted by the Company because of lack of marketability, then the fair value is 
considered Level 3. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal if deemed significant or the 
net book value on the applicable business’s financial statements if not considered significant. Likewise, values for 
inventory and accounts receivables collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). 
Fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the consolidated statements 
of income.

Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans originated or purchased and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of 

cost or estimated market value in the aggregate (i.e., loans held for sale). The agreed upon sales price is considered 
fair value as all of these loans are under agreements to sell to investors at the time of origination. This amount is 
generally the loan’s principal amount. Changes in fair value are recognized in residential mortgage banking income, 
net on the consolidated statements of income (Level 2).

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables summarize assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates 

stated:

(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans, net...................................................  $
Loans held for sale ...................................................   

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

2,187    $
178,598     

—    $
—     

—    $
178,598     

2,187 
— 

December 31, 2020

(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans, net...................................................  $
Loans held for sale ...................................................   

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

1,167    $
55,646     

—    $
—     

—    $
55,646     

1,167 
— 

December 31, 2019

The following tables present quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of the dates 

stated:

(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans, net ..............  $

Balance as of
December 31,
2020

Valuation
Technique

2,097  Discounted appraised value
90  Discounted cash flows

(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans, net ............. $

Balance as of
December 31,
2019

Valuation
Technique

1,167  Discounted appraised value

Unobservable
Input
Selling costs
Discount rate

Unobservable
Input
Selling costs

Weighted 
Average  

10%
6%

Weighted 
Average  

10%

Fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it 

is practical to estimate the value is based upon the characteristics of the instruments and relevant market 
information. Financial instruments include cash, evidence of ownership in an entity, or contracts that convey or 
impose on an entity that contractual right or obligation to either receive or deliver cash for another financial 
instrument. The information used to determine fair value is highly subjective and judgmental in nature and, 
therefore, the results may not be precise. Subjective factors include, among other things, estimates of cash flows, 
risk characteristics, credit quality, and interest rates, all of which are subject to change. Since the fair value is 
estimated as of the balance sheet date, the amounts that will actually be realized or paid upon settlement or maturity 
on these various instruments could be significantly different.

The carrying values of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold are of such short duration that carrying 

value reasonably approximates fair value (Level 1).

The carrying values of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable are of such short duration that 

carrying value reasonably approximates fair value (Level 2).

The carrying value of restricted equity investments approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions 

of the issuer (Level 2).

87

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
  
  
  
As of December 31, 2020, the technique used by the Company to estimate the exit price of the loan portfolio 
consists of similar procedures to those used as of December 31, 2019, but with added emphasis on both illiquidity 
risk and credit risk not captured by the previously applied entry price notion. The fair value of the Company’s loan 
portfolio has always included a credit risk assumption in the determination of the fair value of its loans. This credit 
risk assumption is intended to approximate the fair value that a market participant would realize in a hypothetical 
orderly transaction. The Company’s loan portfolio is initially fair valued using a segmented approach. The Company 
divides its loan portfolio into the following categories: variable rate loans, impaired loans, and all other loans. The 
results are then adjusted to account for credit risk as described above. However, under the new guidance, the 
Company believes a further credit risk discount must be applied through the use of a discounted cash flow model to 
compensate for illiquidity risk, based on certain assumptions included within the discounted cash flow model, 
primarily the use of discount rates that better capture inherent credit risk over the lifetime of a loan. This 
consideration of enhanced credit risk provides an estimated exit price for the Company’s loan portfolio.  Loans held 
for investment are reported as Level 3.

There is no credit risk associated with PPP loans as they are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government. Further, 

the Company believes the PPP loans will be forgiven by end of second quarter of 2021, any fair value adjustment for 
potential interest rate change was considered inconsequential as of December 31, 2020. As a result, the carrying 
value of PPP loans reasonably approximates fair value (Level 3).

The carrying value of cash surrender value of life insurance reasonably approximates fair value. The Company 

records these policies at their cash surrender value, which is estimated using information by insurance carriers.

The carrying value of noninterest-bearing deposits approximates fair value (Level 1). Interest-bearing deposits, 

other than certificates of deposits, are reported as Level 2 within “Interest-bearing deposits” in the tables that follow.  
The fair value of certificates of deposits were valued using a discounted cash flow calculation that includes a market 
rate analysis of the current rates offered by market participants for certificates of deposits that mature in the same 
period. Time deposits are reported as Level 3 within “Interesting-bearing deposits” in the tables that follow.

The fair value of the FHLB borrowings is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current interest 

rates offered for similar advances (Level 2).

The fair value of FRB borrowings is approximated by its carrying value as there is no comparable debt to 

PPPLF advances (Level 2).

The fair value of the Company’s subordinated notes is estimated by utilizing recent issuance rates for 

subordinated debt offerings of similar issuer size (Level 3).

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its 
normal operations. As a result, the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments will change when interest rate 
levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company. Management attempts to 
match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk. Borrowers 
with fixed rate obligations, however, are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay 
in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds 
before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management 
monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting terms of 
new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Company’s overall interest rate 
risk.

88

The estimated fair values, and related carrying amounts, of the Company’s financial instruments were as 

follows as of the dates presented:

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2020

Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Carrying
Amount

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Fair Value

117,945    $
775     
109,475     

117,945    $
775     
—     

—    $
—     
109,475     

—    $
—     
—     

117,945 
775 
109,475 

11,173     
288,533     

688,667     
5,428     

—     
—     

—     
—     

11,173     
—     

—     
288,533     

11,173 
288,533 

—     
5,428     

690,007     
—     

690,007 
5,428 

15,724     

—     

15,724     

—     

15,724 

333,051     
612,058     
115,000     
281,650     
24,506     
626     

333,051     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

—     
360,615     
114,983     
281,650     
—     
626     

—     
257,647     
—     
—     
25,830     
—     

333,051 
618,262 
114,983 
281,650 
25,830 
626 

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2019

Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Carrying
Amount

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

    Fair Value  

(Dollars in thousands)
Financial Assets

Cash and due from banks ................  $
Federal funds sold ...........................   
Securities available for sale.............   
Restricted equity
   investments...................................   
PPP loans receivable, net ................   
Loans held for investment,
net....................................................   
Accrued interest receivable .............   
Cash surrender value of life 
insurance .........................................   
Financial Liabilities ..............................   
Noninterest-bearing deposits...........   
Interest-bearing deposits .................   
FHLB borrowings ...........................   
FRB borrowings ..............................   
Subordinated debentures, net ..........   
Accrued interest payable .................   

(Dollars in thousands)
Financial Assets

Cash and due from banks.....................................   $ 60,026    $
Federal funds sold................................................    
480     
Securities available for sale .................................     108,571     
Securities held to maturity...................................    
12,192     
Restricted equity investments..............................    
8,143     
Loans held for investment, net ............................     642,262     
Accrued interest receivable .................................    
2,590     
Cash surrender value of life insurance ................    
15,321     

Financial Liabilities

Noninterest-bearing deposits ...............................     177,819     
Interest-bearing deposits......................................     544,211     
FHLB borrowings................................................     124,800     
Subordinated debentures, net...............................    
9,800     
Accrued interest payable .....................................    
706     

89

60,026    $
480     

—    $
—     
—      108,571     
—     
12,654     
—     
8,143     
—     
—     
—     

—    $ 60,026 
—     
480 
—      108,571 
—     
12,654 
—     
8,143 
—      643,878      643,878 
2,590 
15,321 

2,590     
15,321     

—     
—     

177,819     

—     

—      177,819 
—      364,986      168,736      533,722 
—      124,971 
—      124,971     
—     
—     
9,874 
—     
706 
706     

9,874     
—     

 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
      
      
      
      
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
Note 14. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

A description of the Company’s significant sources of revenue accounted for under ASC 606 is as follows:

Service charges on deposit accounts are fees charged to deposit customers for transaction-based, account 
maintenance and overdraft services. Transaction-based fees, which are earned based on specific transactions or 
customer activity within a customer’s deposit account, are recognized at the time the related transaction or activity 
occurs, as it is at this point when the customer’s request has been fulfilled. Account maintenance fees, which relate 
primarily to monthly maintenance, are earned over the course of a month, representing the period over which the 
performance obligation was satisfied. Overdraft fees are recognized when the overdraft occurs. Service fees on 
deposit accounts are paid through a direct charge to the customer’s account.

Bank and purchase card revenue is comprised of interchange revenue and ATM fees. Interchange revenue is 
earned when bank debit and credit cardholders conduct transactions through VISA, MasterCard, and other payment 
networks. Interchange fees represent a percentage of the underlying cardholder’s transaction value and are generally 
recognized daily, concurrent with the transaction processing services provided to the cardholder. ATM fees are 
earned when a non-Bank cardholder uses a Bank ATM. ATM fees are recognized daily, as the related ATM 
transactions are settled.  

Payroll processing income is comprised of fees charged to customers for payroll services through MoneyWise 
Payroll Solutions, Inc., of which the Bank owns a controlling interest. Income is recognized when the performance 
obligation has been met. The performance obligation is the delivery of payroll services, after which services are 
billed and revenue is recorded.  

The following table illustrates total non-interest income segregated by revenues within the scope of ASC 606 

and those which are within the scope of other ASC Topics:

(Dollars in thousands)
Service fees on deposit accounts...................................   $
Bank and purchase card revenue...................................    
Payroll processing income ............................................    
Revenue from contracts with customers..................    

Non-interest income within scope of other ASC
   topics ..........................................................................    
Total noninterest income .........................................   $

Year Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

905   $
1,297    
974    
3,176    

651 
572 
980 
2,203 

53,648    
56,824   $

16,593 
18,796 

Contract balances occur when an entity performs a service for a customer before the customer pays 

consideration (resulting in a contract receivable) or before payment is due (resulting in a contract asset). A contract 
liability balance is an entity's obligation to transfer a service to a customer for which the entity has already received 
payment (or payment is due) from the customer. The Company's non-interest revenue streams are largely based on 
transactional activity. Consideration is often received immediately or shortly after the Company satisfies its 
performance obligation and revenue is recognized. The Company does not typically enter into long-term revenue 
contracts with customers, and therefore, does not experience significant contract balances. As of December 31, 2020 
and 2019, the Company did not have any significant contract balances. 

Contract acquisition costs are those incurred to acquire a customer. In connection with the adoption of ASC 

606, an entity is required to capitalize, and subsequently amortize into expense, certain incremental costs of 
obtaining a contract with a customer, if these costs are expected to be recovered. The incremental costs of obtaining 
a contract are those costs that an entity incurs to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if 
the contract had not been obtained (for example, sales commission). The Company utilizes the practical expedient, 
which allows entities to immediately expense contract acquisition costs when the asset that would have resulted 
from capitalizing these costs would have been amortized in one year or less. The Company did not capitalize any 
contract acquisition cost during the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.

90

 
 
 
 
   
 
Note 15. Leases

The Company’s long-term lease agreements are classified as operating leases. Certain of these leases offer the 

option to extend the lease term and the Company has included such extensions in its calculation of the lease 
liabilities to the extent the options are reasonably assured of being exercised. The lease agreements do not provide 
for residual value guarantees and have no restrictions or covenants that would impact dividends or require incurring 
additional financial obligations.

The following tables present information about the Company’s leases:

(Dollars in thousands)
Lease liabilities............................................................................................   $
Right-of-use assets, net................................................................................   $
Weighted average remaining lease term......................................................  
Weighted average discount rate...................................................................    

December 31,
2020

5,506 
5,328 
5.7 years 

2.79%

Lease liabilities are included within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Lease Cost (dollars in thousands)
Operating lease cost...................................................................   $
Total lease cost ..........................................................................   $
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement
     of lease liabilities..................................................................   $

Year Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

1,731   $
1,731   $

1,523 
1,523 

—   $

1,441 

A maturity analysis of operating lease liabilities and reconciliation of the undiscounted cash flows to the total of 

operating lease liabilities for the periods stated is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Twelve months ending December 31, 2021 .................................................   $
Twelve months ending December 31, 2022 .................................................    
Twelve months ending December 31, 2023 .................................................    
Twelve months ending December 31, 2024 .................................................    
Twelve months ending December 31, 2025 .................................................    
Thereafter......................................................................................................    
Total undiscounted cash flows ................................................................    
Discount........................................................................................................    
Lease liabilities........................................................................................   $

December 31,
2020

1,316 
1,114 
991 
655 
492 
1,486 
6,054 
(548)
5,506 

Note 16. Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements

In August 2018, the Federal Reserve updated the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement (the 
"Statement"), in compliance with the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 
("EGRRCPA"). The Statement, among other things, exempts bank holding companies that have below a specified 
asset threshold from the consolidated regulatory capital requirements. The interim final rule expands the exemption 
to bank holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $3 billion. Prior to August 2018, the Statement 
exempted bank holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $1 billion. As a result of the interim 
final rule, the Company qualifies as of August 2018 as a small bank holding company and is no longer subject to 
regulatory capital requirements on a consolidated basis. 

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the 

federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, possibly 
additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, 
financial institutions must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, 
and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. A financial institution's 
capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk 
weightings, and other factors. 

The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S. banks (the 

“Basel III rules”) became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015 with full compliance with all of the 
requirements phased-in over a multi-year schedule and fully phased-in at January 1, 2019. As a part of the 
requirements, a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio is calculated and utilized in the assessment of capital for all 
institutions. The Company has made an election to not have the net unrealized gain or loss on available-for-sale 
securities included in computing regulatory capital. Under the Basel III rules, the Bank must hold a capital 
conservation buffer above the adequately capitalized risk-based capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer was 
phased-in from 0.625% for 2016 to 2.50% by 2019. The capital conservation buffer for 2019 and beyond is 2.50%. 
Management believes as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirement to which 
it is subject. 

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, 

undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized; although, these terms are not used to 
represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered 
deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital 
restoration plans are required. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the most recent regulatory notification categorized 
the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or 
events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution's category. 

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by the Company. The total 

amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to retained earnings of the Company. 
Pursuant to the EGRRCPA, regulators have provided for an optional, simplified measure of capital adequacy, the 
community bank leverage ratio ("CBLR") framework, for qualifying community bank organizations. Banks that 
qualify may opt in to the CBLR framework beginning January 1, 2020 or any time thereafter. The CBLR framework 
eliminates the four required capital ratios disclosed below and requires the disclosure of a single leverage ratio, with 
a minimum requirement of 9%. 

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CARES Act was passed into law on March 27, 2020. Among other 
things, the CARES Act directs federal banking agencies to adopt interim final rules to lower the threshold under the 
CBLR from 9% to 8% and to provide a reasonable grace period for a community bank that falls below the threshold 
to regain compliance, in each case until the earlier of the termination date of the national emergency or December 
31, 2020. In April 2020, the federal banking agencies issued two interim final rules implementing this directive. One 
interim final rule provides that, as of the second quarter 2020, banking organizations with leverage ratios of 8% or 
greater (and that meet the other existing qualifying criteria) may elect to use the CBLR framework. It also 
establishes a two-quarter grace period for qualifying community banking organizations whose leverage ratios fall 
below the 8% CBLR requirement, so long as the banking organization maintains a leverage ratio of 7% or greater. 
The second interim final rule provides a transition from the temporary 8% CBLR requirement to a 9% CBLR 
requirement. It established a minimum CBLR of 8% for the second through fourth quarters of 2020, 8.5% for 2021, 
and 9% thereafter, and maintains a two-quarter grace period for qualifying community banking organizations whose 
leverage ratios fall no more than 100 basis points below the applicable CBLR requirement. The Company has not 
opted in to the CBLR framework.

92

The Bank continues to be subject to various capital requirements administered by banking agencies. Capital 

ratios for the Bank as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are shown in the following table:

Actual
  Amount     Ratio  

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes (1)
  Amount     Ratio  

To Be Well
Capitalized
Under the
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions  
  Amount     Ratio  

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2020
Total risk based capital

(To risk-weighted assets)
Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..........................   $ 109,219     

Tier 1 capital

(To risk-weighted assets)
Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..........................   $ 98,751     

Common equity tier 1 capital
(To risk-weighted assets)
Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..........................   $ 98,751     

Tier 1 leverage

(To average assets)
Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..........................   $ 98,751     

13.10%  $ 87,574     

10.50%  $ 83,404     

10.00%

11.84%  $ 70,893     

8.50%  $ 66,723     

8.00%

11.84%  $ 58,383     

7.00%  $ 54,213     

6.50%

8.34%  $ 76,934     

4.00%  $ 59,180     

5.00%

Actual
  Amount     Ratio  

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes (1)
  Amount     Ratio  

To Be Well
Capitalized
Under the
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions  
  Amount     Ratio  

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2019
Total risk based capital

(To risk-weighted assets)
Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..........................   $ 79,911     

Tier 1 capital

(To risk-weighted assets)
Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..........................   $ 75,339     

Common equity tier 1 capital
(To risk-weighted assets)
Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..........................   $ 75,339     

Tier 1 leverage

(To average assets)
Blue Ridge Bank, N.A..........................   $ 75,339     

11.82%  $ 71,007     

10.50%  $ 67,626     

10.00%

11.14%  $ 57,482     

8.50%  $ 54,101     

8.00%

11.14%  $ 47,338     

7.00%  $ 43,957     

6.50%

8.00%  $ 61,216     

4.00%  $ 47,090     

5.00%

(1) Except with regard to the Bank’s Tier 1 to average assets (leverage) ratio, the minimum capital 

requirements includes the Basel III Capital Rules capital conservation buffer.

The Company's principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking 

regulations limit the amounts of dividends that may be paid without approval of regulatory agencies. As of 
December 31, 2020, $29.8 million of retained earnings of the Bank was available to pay dividends to the Company.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
Note 17. Related Party Transactions 

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, officers, directors, and principal shareholders and their 

related interests were customers of and had transactions with the Bank. These transactions were made in the 
ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those 
prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Bank, and did not involve more than the 
normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. Loan transactions with such related parties are 
shown in the following schedule:

(Dollars in thousands)
Total loans, beginning of year ......................................   $
Advances.......................................................................    
Curtailments..................................................................    
Total loans, end of year ................................................   $

2020

2019

14,168    $
12,472     
(12,683)   
13,957    $

9,608 
7,916 
(3,356)
14,168 

The Bank held related party deposits of approximately $8.4 million and $9.5 million at December 31, 2020 and 

2019, respectively.

Note 18. Earnings Per Share

The following table shows the calculation of basic and diluted EPS and the weighted average number of shares 
outstanding used in computing EPS and the effect on the weighted average number of shares outstanding of dilutive 
potential common stock. Basic EPS amounts are computed by dividing net income (the numerator) by the weighted 
average number of common shares outstanding (the denominator). Diluted EPS amounts assume the conversion, 
exercise, or issuance of all potential common stock instruments, unless the effect is to reduce the loss or increase 
earnings per common share. The Company had no dilutive common shares outstanding as of and for the years ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019.

For the years ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
4,604 
Net income...................................................................   $
(24)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest......    
Net income available to common shareholders...........   $
4,580 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic     5,690,404     4,146,980 
Effect of dilutive securities..........................................    
— 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, 
dilutive.........................................................................     5,690,404     4,146,980 
1.10 
Basic and diluted earnings per common share ............   $

17,697   $
(1)  
17,696   $

3.11   $

—    

Note 19. Income Taxes

The difference between the provision for income taxes and the amounts computed by applying the statutory 

federal income tax rate of 21% for 2020 and 2019 to income before income taxes is summarized below:

(Dollars in thousands)
Income tax at federal statutory rate ................... $
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
     State income taxes, net of federal tax
     effect .............................................................  
     Tax-exempt interest income .........................  
     Income from life insurance...........................  
     Merger-related expenses...............................  
     Other permanent differences ........................  
     Provision for income taxes...................... $

2020
4,725    

21.0%  $

2019
1,171    

21.0%

34    
(20)   
(82)   
174    
(31)   
4,800    

0.2%   
(0.1%)  
(0.4%)  
0.8%   
(0.1%)  
21.4%  $

—    
(74)   
(196)   
188    
(116)   
973    

(—%)
(1.3%)
(3.5%)
3.4%
(2.2%)
17.4%

94

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
     
  
The significant components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 

were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Current tax provision
     Federal ..................................................................................  $
     State ......................................................................................   
          Total current tax provision ..............................................   
Deferred tax benefit
     Federal ..................................................................................   
     State ......................................................................................   
          Total deferred tax provision ............................................   
Provision for income taxes...................................................  $

2020

2019

6,437    $
43     
6,480     

(1,680)   
—     
(1,680)   
4,800    $

1,058 
— 
1,058 

(85)
— 
(85)
973 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant 
components of deferred taxes at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets relating to:
     Allowance for loan losses................................................................  $
     Compensation differences ...............................................................   
     Reserve for loan sale buy backs.......................................................   
     Acquisition accounting ....................................................................   
     Loan origination costs......................................................................   
     Pass-through entities........................................................................   
     Unrealized losses on swaps and securities available for sale ..........   
     Other ................................................................................................   
          Total deferred tax assets .............................................................   
Deferred tax liabilities relating to:
     Premises and equipment ..................................................................   
     Core deposit and customer based intangible assets .........................   
     Mortgage servicing rights ................................................................   
     Unrealized gains on swaps and securities available for sale ...........   
     Other ................................................................................................   
          Total deferred tax liabilities........................................................   
Net deferred tax asset (liability), included in other assets (liabilities) .  $

2020

2019

2,478    $
892     
341     
255     
81     
252     
108     
191     
4,598     

(1,532)   
(464)   
(1,488)   
—     
(25)   
(3,509)   
1,089    $

414 
19 
— 
591 
153 
173 
— 
341 
1,691 

(1,473)
(355)
— 
(53)
(561)
(2,442)
(751)

Deferred income taxes are measured at the enacted tax rate for the period in which they are expected to reverse. 
State income taxes have been immaterial and ignored for purposes of computing deferred income taxes. Therefore, 
deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2020 have been measured using the federal income tax rate enacted for 
subsequent years of 21%. 

The Company had no net operating losses which can be carried forward and applied against future taxable 
income. The Company’s policy is to report interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income 
tax expense in the consolidated statements of income. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to 
U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2016. As of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has no uncertain tax positions.

The Company’s net deferred tax asset (liability) was $1.1 million and $(0.8) million at December 31, 2020 and 

2019, respectively. In evaluating whether the Company will realize the full benefit of its net deferred tax assets, 
management considers both positive and negative evidence, including among other things recent earnings trends, 
projected earnings, and asset quality. As of December 31, 2020, management concluded that the Company’s net 
deferred tax assets were fully realizable. The Company will continue to monitor deferred tax assets to evaluate 
whether it will be able to realize the full benefit of the net deferred tax asset or whether there is any need for a 
valuation allowance. Significant negative trends in credit quality, losses from operations, or other factors could 
impact the realization of the deferred tax asset in the future.

95

 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
 
 
Note 20. Business Segments

The Company offers products and services through multiple business segments including retail banking, 
mortgage banking, and payroll processing services. Revenues from retail banking operations consist primarily of 
interest earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts. Mortgage banking 
operating revenues consist principally of gains on sales of loans in the secondary market, loan origination fee 
income, and interest earned on mortgage loans held for sale. Revenues from payroll processing services consist of 
fees charged to customers for payroll services.

Year Ended December 31, 2020

Blue Ridge
Bank
Mortgage
Division    

Blue Ridge
Bank, N.A.    

3,314    $
—     
44,460     
7,084     
—     
—     
—     
—     
54,858     

(Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:
Interest income ..........................................................  $ 51,020    $
Service charges on deposit accounts .........................   
905     
Residential mortgage banking income, net ...............   
—     
Mortgage servicing rights .........................................   
—     
Gain on sale of guaranteed USDA loans ..................   
880     
Income from investment in life insurance contracts .   
390     
Payroll processing revenue .......................................   
974     
Other income.............................................................   
2,165     
56,334     
Total income .............................................................   
Expenses:
Interest expense.........................................................   
Provision for loan losses ...........................................   
Salary and benefits ....................................................   
Other operating expenses ..........................................   
Total expense ............................................................   
Income (loss) before income taxes............................   
Income tax expense ...................................................   
Net income (loss) ......................................................  $
Net (income) loss attributable to
   noncontrolling interest ...........................................  $
Net income (loss) attributable to
   Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. ..................................  $

(1)  $

354     
8,331     
—     
10,450     
31,201     
14,217     
8,075     
12,574     
39,630     
45,572     
15,228     
10,762     
2,162     
3,337     
8,600    $ 11,891    $

Parent
Only

    Eliminations    

Blue Ridge
Bankshares,
Inc.
Consolidated  

126    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
126     

1,265     
—     
—     
2,354     
3,619     
(3,493)   
(699)   
(2,794)  $

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
(34)   
(34)   

—     
—     
—     
(34)   
(34)   
—     
—     
—    $

54,460 
905 
44,460 
7,084 
880 
390 
974 
2,131 
111,284 

9,950 
10,450 
45,418 
22,969 
88,787 
22,497 
4,800 
17,697 

—    $

—    $

—    $

(1)

8,599    $ 11,891    $

(2,794)  $

—    $

17,696 

96

 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
Year Ended December 31, 2019

Blue Ridge
Bank
Mortgage
Division    

Parent
Only

    Eliminations    

Blue Ridge
Bankshares,
Inc.
Consolidated  

Blue Ridge
Bank

(Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:
Interest income ..........................................................  $ 29,640    $
Service charges on deposit accounts .........................   
651     
Residential mortgage banking income, net ...............   
—     
Gain on sale of guaranteed USDA loans ..................   
298     
Income from investment in life insurance contracts .   
936     
Payroll processing revenue .......................................   
980     
Other income.............................................................   
1,416     
33,921     
Total income .............................................................   
Expenses:
Interest expense.........................................................   
Provision for loan losses ...........................................   
Salary and benefits ....................................................   
Other operating expenses ..........................................   
Total expense ............................................................   
Income (loss) before income taxes............................   
Income tax expense ...................................................   
Net income (loss) ......................................................  $
Net (income) loss attributable to
   noncontrolling interest ...........................................  $
Net income (loss) attributable to
   Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. ..................................  $

8,132     
1,742     
13,890     
3,016     
26,780     
7,141     
1,183     
5,958    $

5,934    $

(24)  $

1,243    $
—     
14,433     
—     
—     
—     
—     
15,676     

679     
—     
5,438     
8,959     
15,076     
600     
162     
438    $

5    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
110     
115     

709     
—     
—     
1,570     
2,279     
(2,164)   
(372)   
(1,792)  $

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
(28)   
(28)   

—     
—     
—     
(28)   
(28)   
—     
—     
—    $

30,888 
651 
14,433 
298 
936 
980 
1,498 
49,684 

9,520 
1,742 
19,328 
13,517 
44,107 
5,577 
973 
4,604 

—    $

—    $

—    $

(24)

438    $

(1,792)  $

—    $

4,580 

Note 21. Parent Company Only Financial Statements

The Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. (Parent Company only) condensed financial statements were as follows for the 

periods presented: 

PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Assets
Cash and due from banks ..............................................   $
Investment in subsidiary ...............................................    
Securities available for sale, at fair value......................    
Restricted equity investments, at cost ...........................    
Accrued interest receivable ...........................................    
Other assets ...................................................................    

934 
100,330 
— 
911 
— 
336 
Total assets ..............................................................   $ 133,041   $ 102,511 

2,174   $
121,808    
6,312    
2,274    
119    
354    

Liabilities
Accrued expenses..........................................................   $
Accrued interest payable ...............................................    
Subordinated debentures, net of issuance costs ............    
Total liabilities.........................................................    

204   $
374 
— 
131   $
24,506    
9,800 
24,841    
10,174 
92,337 
Stockholders' equity....................................................   $ 108,200   $
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ..................   $ 133,041   $ 102,511 

97

 
 
 
 
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
  
 
   
     
  
PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)

Income
Dividends from subsidiary............................................   $
Interest income..............................................................    
Gains on securities........................................................    
Total Income ...........................................................   $

Expenses
Interest on subordinated debentures .............................   $
Professional fees ...........................................................    
Merger expenses ...........................................................    
Other operating expenses..............................................    
Total expenses .........................................................   $

Net loss before income tax benefit and equity in 
undistributed earnings of subsidiary.............................   $
Income tax benefit ........................................................    
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary .............    
Net income ...................................................................   $

2020

2019

800    $
126     
—     
926    $

1,265    $
455     
1,732     
166     
3,618    $

(2,692)  $
(699)   
19,689     
17,696    $

— 
5 
110 
115 

709 
294 
1,250 
27 
2,280 

(2,165)
(372)
6,373 
4,580 

98

 
   
 
   
      
  
PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities
Net income .....................................................................   $
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary...............    
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense ..........................    
Amortization of subordinated debt issuance
   costs.............................................................................    
Realized gains on securities sales...................................    
Increase in other assets ...................................................    
Decrease in accrued expenses ........................................    
Net cash used in operating activities .....................    

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of securities available-for-sale ......................    
Net change in investments..............................................    
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale .......    
Cash contributed to Bank ...............................................    
Net cash used in investing activities ......................    

Cash flows from financing activities
Common stock issuance, net of fees ..............................    
Issuance of subordinated debt ........................................    
Payment of subordinated debt issuance costs ................    
Common stock dividends paid .......................................    
Net cash provided by financing activities .............    
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ................    
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year................    
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year..........................   $
Cash paid for:
   Interest .........................................................................   $
   Income taxes................................................................   $
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
   Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
   securities......................................................................   $
   Issuance of restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures   $

2020
17,696    $
(19,689)   
(62)   

54     
—     
(139)   
(39)   
(2,179)   

(6,000)   
(1,363)   
—     
(2,000)   
(9,363)   

567     
15,000     
(349)   
(2,436)   
12,782     
1,240     
934     
2,174    $

2019

4,580 
(6,373)
(19)

33 
110 
(206)
— 
(1,875)

(161)
— 
66 
(17,000)
(17,095)

22,350 
— 
— 
(2,473)
19,877 
907 
27 
934 

1,190    $
2,000    $

709 
1,020 

358    $
567    $

217 
230 

Note 22. Legal Matters

On August 12, 2019, a former employee of VCB and participant in its Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the 

“VCB ESOP”) filed a class action complaint against VCB, Virginia Community Bank, and certain individuals 
associated with the VCB ESOP in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Virginia, Charlottesville 
Division (Case No. 3:19-cv-00045-GEC). The complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants breached 
their fiduciary duties to VCB ESOP participants in violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 
1974, as amended. The complaint alleges that the VCB ESOP incurred damages “that approach or exceed $12 
million.” The Company automatically assumed any liability of VCB in connection with this litigation as a result of 
the Company’s acquisition of VCB. The outcome of this litigation is uncertain, and the plaintiff and other 
individuals may file additional lawsuits related to the VCB ESOP. The defense, settlement, or adverse outcome of 
any such lawsuit or claim could have a material adverse financial impact on the Company. The Company believes 
the claims are without merit. 

99

 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
     
       
 
     
       
 
Note 23.  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are shown in the following table:

Transfer
of Held to-
maturity
Securities to
Available
for-sale

Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) on
Interest
Rate
Swaps

Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Available
for

sale Securities    
(614) $

Gains
Realized
in net
income    
(4) $

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss), net  
(618)

Balance, December 31, 2018 ......... $

—  $

—   $

Change in net unrealized
   holding gains on securities
   available-for-sale, net of tax
   expense of $370.........................  
Change in net unrealized
   holding losses on interest
   rate swaps, net of tax benefit
   of $51 ........................................  
Gains realized in income, net of
   tax expense of $95.....................  
Balance, December 31, 2019 .........  

Change in net unrealized
   holding gains on securities
   available-for-sale, net of tax
   expense of $103.........................  
Transfer of securities held-to-
   maturity to available-for-sale,
   net of tax expense of $113.........  
Change in net unrealized
   holding losses on interest
   rate swaps, net of tax benefit
   of $163 ......................................  
Gains realized in income, net of
   tax expense of $44.....................  
Balance, December 31, 2020 ......... $

1,397    

—   

—    

—    

1,397 

—    

—    
783    

—   

—   
—   

(194)   

—    

—    
(194)   

(356)  
(360)  

388    

—   

—    

—    

—    

425   

—    

—    

—    

—   

(611)   

—    

—    
1,171   $

—   
425  $

—    
(805)  $

(167)  
(527) $

(194)

(356)
229 

388 

425 

(611)

(167)
264 

Note 24:  Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of operations, the Company is party to legal proceedings. Based upon information 

currently available, the Company’s management believes that such legal proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Also in the ordinary course of operations, the Company offers various financial products to its customers to 
meet their credit and liquidity needs. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of 
the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of 
nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and stand-by letters 
of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit 
policies in making commitments and conditional commitments as it does for on-balance sheet commitments. 

Subject to its normal credit standards and risk monitoring procedures, the Company makes contractual 

commitments to extend credit. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and 
may require the payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being completely drawn 
upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. As of December 31, 
2019 and 2018, the Company had outstanding loan commitments of $126.0 million and $107.7 million, respectively.

100

 
 
  
   
Conditional commitments are issued by the Company in the form of performance stand-by letters of credit, 
which guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, commitments 
under outstanding performance stand-by letters of credit totaled $6.1 million and $641 thousand, respectively. 

The Company had no reserve for unfunded commitments recorded at December 31, 2020 and 2019.  

101

Note 25. Subsequent Events

On January 7, 2021, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.1425 per common share, paid on 

January 29, 2021 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on January 19, 2021. 

On January 31, 2021, the Company completed its acquisition of Bay Banks of Virginia, Inc. (“Bay Banks”), and 
its subsidiary of Virginia Commonwealth Bank. At closing, Bay Banks merged with and into the Company, with the 
Company continuing as the surviving corporation, and Virginia Commonwealth was merged with and into the Bank, 
with the Bank continuing as the surviving bank. Bay Banks shareholders received 0.5000 shares of the Company’s 
common stock in exchange for each share of Bay Banks common stock held, plus cash in lieu of any fractional 
shares, resulting in the Company issuing 6,627,558 shares with an aggregate fair market value of $124.8 million 
based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock at January 29, 2021, the last trading day prior to the 
effective date of the merger, and paying $3.4 thousand in lieu of fractional shares. In addition, options to purchase 
198,362 shares of Bay Banks common stock, whether vested or unvested, were converted to options to acquire 
99,176 shares of the Company’s common stock at an estimated fair value of $472 thousand as of the merger date.

On March 17, 2021, the Company announced that its board of directors had approved and declared a three-for-
two stock split effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend on its common stock outstanding payable on April 30, 
2021 to shareholders of record as of April 20, 2021. Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares based on the 
closing price of common stock on the record date. The following table presents the effect of the three-for-two stock 
split on common shares outstanding as of the periods stated.

(unaudited)
Common stock outstanding, post-split basis.......................................................   
Basic and diluted earnings per common share, post-split basis ..........................  $
Dividends per share on common stock, post-split basis .....................................  $

2020
8,577,932     
2.07    $
0.29    $

2019
8,487,878 
0.74 
0.38 

As of December 31,

On March 17, 2021, the Company also announced a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per common share, 

payable on April 30, 2021 to shareholders of record as of April 20, 2021. The cash dividend will be paid on pre-split 
shares.

102

 
 
 
 
   
 
ITEM 9: CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2020, the Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s 

management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, completed an 
evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as 
defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. In designing and evaluating its disclosure controls and 
procedures, management recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and 
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that objectives of the disclosure controls and 
procedures are met. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures is also based in part upon certain 
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in 
achieving its stated goals under all potential conditions. Based upon their evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 
2020 were effective in providing reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s 
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the 
time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to 
management of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to 
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 

financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of 
directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 

misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with 
respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2020. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based 
on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting was effective.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm 

regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the 
Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit the Company to provide only 
management’s report in this annual report.

ITEM 9B: OTHER INFORMATION

None.

103

 
 
PART III

ITEM 10: DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Other than as set forth below, the information required by this item will be included in the Company’s 
Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference or 
included in an amendment to this Form 10-K filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this 
Form 10-K.

Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics and Conflict of Interest Policy that applies to directors, executive 
officers and employees of the Company and the Bank. A copy of the code is filed as Exhibit 14.1 to this report and 
may be obtained without charge by written request to the Company’s Corporate Secretary.

ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 
2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference or included in an amendment to this 
Form 10-K filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

104

ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Other than as set forth below, the information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s 
Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference or 
included in an amendment to this Form 10-K filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this 
Form 10-K.

Equity Compensation Plan Table 

The following table summarizes information, as of December 31, 2020, relating to the Company’s stock-based 
compensation plans, pursuant to which awards may be granted in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified 
stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted awards, performance share awards, and performance 
compensation awards in the form of common stock from time to time.

Number of
Shares To be
Issued Upon
Exercise Of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights

Number of
Shares Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plan

Equity compensation plans approved
   by shareholders...................................................................   
Equity compensation plans not approved
   by shareholders...................................................................   
Total.......................................................................................   

—    $

—    $
—    $

—     

272,714 

—     
—     

— 
272,714 

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 
2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference or included in an amendment to this 
Form 10-K filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

ITEM 14: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 
2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference or included in an amendment to this 
Form 10-K filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

105

 
 
   
   
 
PART IV

ITEM 15: EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Exhibit
Number

  2.1

  2.2

  3.1

  3.2

  3.3

  3.4

  4.1

  4.2

  4.3

  4.4
10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

Description

Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of May 13, 2019, between Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. 
and Virginia Community Bankshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Blue Ridge 
Bankshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on August 8, 2019).
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of August 12, 2020, as amended on November 6, 2020, 
between Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and Bay Banks of Virginia, Inc. (incorporated by reference to 
Appendix A to the joint proxy statement/prospectus included in Amendment No. 1 to Blue Ridge 
Bankshares Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-249438) filed on December 9, 
2020).
Articles of Incorporation of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc., as amended through August 16, 2011 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Form 1-A Offering Statement 
filed May 19, 2016).
Articles of Amendment of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc., dated June 27, 2018 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.2 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on August 8, 
2019).
Articles of Amendment of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc., dated July 7, 2020 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2020).
Bylaws of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc., as amended and restated January 31, 2021 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
February 1, 2021).
Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Form 1-A Offering Statement filed May 19, 2016). 
Form of Subordinated Note due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, 
Inc.’s Form 1-A Offering Statement filed May 19, 2016).
Form of Subordinated Note due 2030 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, 
Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2020).
Description of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Securities.
Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2011, between Blue Ridge Bank and Brian K. Plum 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6.3 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Form 1-A Offering Statement 
filed May 19, 2016).
Change in Control Agreement, dated January 1, 2011, between Blue Ridge Bank and Brian K. Plum 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6.4 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Form 1-A Offering Statement 
filed May 19, 2016).
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2019 and effective December 15, 2019, by and between 
Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and A. Preston Moore, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Blue 
Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on August 8, 2019).
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2019 and effective December 15, 2019, by and between 
Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and Thomas M. Crowder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Blue 
Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on August 8, 2019).
Employment Agreement, dated August 12, 2020 and effective January 31, 2021, by and between Blue 
Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and Randal R. Greene (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Blue Ridge 
Bankshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2021).
Employment Agreement, dated August 12, 2020 and effective January 31, 2021, by and between Blue 
Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and Judy C. Gavant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Blue Ridge 
Bankshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2021).
Employment Agreement, dated August 12, 2020 and effective January 31, 2021, by and between Blue 
Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and Susan S. Pittman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Blue Ridge 
Bankshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2021).
Employment Agreement, dated November  19, 2020 and effective January 31, 2021, between Blue Ridge 
Bankshares, Inc. and C. Rodes Boyd, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 
to Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-249438) filed on 
December 9, 2020).

106

 
 
Exhibit
Number

10.9

10.10

Description
Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Proxy 
Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on June 30, 2020, filed on May 18, 2020).
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Pre-Effective 
Amendment No. 1 to Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on 
October 4, 2019).

10.11 Description of Annual Cash Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Pre-

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

Effective Amendment No. 1 to Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed 
on October 4, 2019).
Form of Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and certain individual 
investors, dated December 31, 2014 and March 17, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6.9 of Blue 
Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Form 1-A Offering Statement filed May 19, 2016).
Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. and certain 
individual investors, dated December 31, 2014 and March 17, 2015 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 6.10 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Form 1-A Offering Statement filed May 19, 2016).
Form of Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 20, 2015 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 6.11 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Form 1-A Offering Statement filed May 19, 2016).
Form of Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 28, 2020 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2020).

10.16 Bay Banks of Virginia, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.0 

to Bay Banks of Virginia, Inc.’s Form S-8, filed on February 19, 2004).

10.17 Bay Banks of Virginia, Inc. 2008 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 99.1 to Bay Banks of Virginia, Inc.’s Form S-8, filed on November 14, 2008).

10.18 Bay Banks of Virginia, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Bay 

14.1
21.1
23.1
23.2
31.1

31.2

32.1

101

Banks of Virginia, Inc.’s Form S-8, filed on June 28, 2013).
Code of Ethics and Conflict of Interest Policy.
Subsidiaries of Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Brown Edwards
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Elliott Davis
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2020, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated 
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years 
ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the 
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ 
Equity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 
the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 16: FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

107

 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: March 29, 2021

BLUE RIDGE BANKSHARES, INC.

  By:  /s/ Brian K. Plum
  Brian K. Plum
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ Brian K. Plum
Brian K. Plum

/s/ Judy C. Gavant
Judy C. Gavant

/s/ Larry Dees
Larry Dees

/s/ Hunter H. Bost
Hunter H. Bost

/s/ Elizabeth H. Crowther
Elizabeth H. Crowther

/s/ Mensel D. Dean, Jr.
Mensel D. Dean, Jr.

/s/ Richard A. Farmar, III
Richard A. Farmar, III

/s/ Andrew C. Holzwarth
Andrew C. Holzwarth

/s/ Robert S. Janney
Robert S. Janney

/s/ Julien G. Patterson
Julien G. Patterson

/s/ Randolph N. Reynolds, Jr.
Randolph N. Reynolds, Jr.

/s/ C. Frank Scott, III
C. Frank Scott, III

/s/ Vance H. Spilman
Vance H. Spilman

/s/ William W. Stokes
William W. Stokes

/s/ Carolyn J. Woodruff
Carolyn J. Woodruff

Title

President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive Officer)

Date

March 29, 2021

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial  March 29, 2021
Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

Chairman of the Board

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

March 29, 2021

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

108